<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mwagner16</id>
	<title>makerhub - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Mwagner16"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/wiki/Special:Contributions/Mwagner16"/>
	<updated>2026-04-13T07:20:15Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.7</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5550</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5550"/>
		<updated>2019-08-22T23:36:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Certification */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bandsaw is generally defined as a saw blade in the form of an endless steel band that rotates around two or more wheels. This blade is a continuous metal band with teeth on one side. As the wheels rotate, so does the band, which creates the continuous sawing action. Because the direction of the blade is always downward toward the table, there is little danger (except for special cuts) that the wood will be thrown back at the operator, which is called a kickback. For safety reasons many woodworkers prefer the bandsaw especially when cutting small pieces. The unique feature of the bandsaw is that the workpiece can be rotated around the blade creating a curve. It is the tool most often used when curves have to be cut in wood. Because the bandsaw blade is fairly thin, it can cut thick stock with a minimum of horsepower. For this reason the bandsaw is often used when valuable pieces of wood are made into a thin piece of veneer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the bandsaw is usually associated with cutting curves, a variety of straight cuts are easily made with the saw. In fact, it is often used to rip wood because it is much safer than a radial arm saw and also has a smaller saw cut, so it wastes less wood. This becomes very important when using expensive wood where waste must be kept to a minimum. The cut is safer because the force of the cut is straight down on the table; the work cannot be pulled back or kicked back, which sometimes happens with table or radial arm saws. The bandsaw can also cut very thick stock, which the radial arm, or table saw cannot do. The disadvantage of cutting with the bandsaw is that the surface finish of the cut is not as good as with the table or radial arm saw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PDU_2sT0etc}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://maker-hub.georgefox.edu/w/images/a/a2/MBAND14BX110-0175_14_BX_110v%26220v_bandsaw_06-07-2015.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Wood Vertical Bandsaw, the student will cut out a curved shape using scrap wood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the blade guides and fence are in place. These are meant to help your cut, so it is crucial that these are in place. &lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on adjusting can be found in the manual, but they should be fine by default. The ace should take care of such issues.&lt;br /&gt;
### Blade guides (p. 33-34)&lt;br /&gt;
### Fence (p. 35-37)&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the upper blade guard so that it is just clearing the material being cut&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the cutting teeth are facing down since the blade moves downward. Otherwise, it will not cut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the blade has been properly tensioned (blade doesn’t have slack) and tracked (blade moves evenly and consistently as the wheels turn, doesn’t wander back and forth)&lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on tensioning (p. 30) and tracking (p. 29) can be found in the manual&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the proper size and type of blade is in use&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawKerf.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Blade help is in the manual (p. 38-42)&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the saw on. ‘1’ turns on, ‘0’ turns off. [[File:...woodVerticalBandsawOnOff.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the workpiece firmly against the table, flat side down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push material into blade at a moderate pace, using a push stick if necessary at the end of the cut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the machine off once the cut is complete.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the workpiece and reset the space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
# Don’t feed anything into the blade you don’t want cut. First off, it makes no sense and it could pull other stuff into the midst, like your own body. That isn't a good scenario, so let's prevent that.&lt;br /&gt;
# Plan out your cut before making it. Wasting material isn't a good idea, and it's more time consuming when you mess up.&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful not to catch anything in the blade cutting curves.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use a push stick if necessary. Do not risk getting your hands too close to the blade .&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold work piece firmly on the table. It would be a shame if it flew somewhere and hit someone, then we'd have an interesting lawsuit to deal with...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/enrol/index.php?id=30801 Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the bandsaw will not start. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the start switch is fully pulled out. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the yellow safety plug is fully engaged. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the electrical power cord is plugged into the power outlet. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the electrical supply is on (reset the breaker). &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that you have the correct power, 110V not 220V &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the machine will not stop. &lt;br /&gt;
## This is a very rare occurrence, as the machine is designed to be fail-safe. If it should occur and you cannot fix the fault, seek professional assistance. The machine must be disconnected from the power and never run until the fault has been rectified. &lt;br /&gt;
## Stop switch faulty. Replace the stop switch.&lt;br /&gt;
## Internal breaker faulty. Replace the breaker. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the motor tries to start but will not turn. &lt;br /&gt;
## With the power disconnected from the machine, open the doors and try to turn the wheel by hand. If the wheel is not turning, check the reason for the jamming. Typical reasons are: guides too tight, wood jammed in the wheel. Adjust guides or remove jammed wood. &lt;br /&gt;
## Capacitor faulty. Replace the capacitor. &lt;br /&gt;
## Motor faulty. Replace the motor. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the motor overheats. &lt;br /&gt;
## The motor is designed to run very hot, but should it overheat it has an internal terminal overload protector that will shut it down until the motor has cooled down and then it will reset automatically. If the motor overheats, wait until it has cooled down and restart. If the motor shuts down constantly, check for the reason. Typical reasons are dull blade, overfeeding the wood, motor cooling fan clogged or faulty, motor cooling fins clogged and excessive ambient temperature. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose there's a squeaking noise. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the motor cooling fan is not contacting the fan cover. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check the bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check the drive belt. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the guides are adjusted correctly. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the upper guide shaft is tight or loose. &lt;br /&gt;
## Clean and lubricate. &lt;br /&gt;
## Adjust rack and pinion. &lt;br /&gt;
## Bent rack. Replace the rack. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the blade slows down during a cut. &lt;br /&gt;
## Loose drive belt. Re-tension the belt. &lt;br /&gt;
## Dull blade. Replace the blade or have it re-sharpened. &lt;br /&gt;
## Feeding the wood too fast. Slow down the feed rate. &lt;br /&gt;
## Insufficient set on the teeth (wood nipping the blade). Change blade for a blade with the correct set. &lt;br /&gt;
## Oil or dirt on the drive belt. Clean or replace the drive belts. &lt;br /&gt;
## Fence not aligned correctly. Align fence. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the blade will not track on flywheels. &lt;br /&gt;
## Bad blade. Change the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
## Crown on the wheels worn or damaged tire. Dress the tires. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the blade kicks. &lt;br /&gt;
## Bad blade. Replace the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the blade makes a clicking noise. &lt;br /&gt;
## Bad weld. Dress the weld or change the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the blade overheats.  &lt;br /&gt;
## Dull blade. Change the blade or resharpen the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
## Pitch is too small for the depth of cut. Change to a blade with the correct pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
## Guides too tight. Adjust the guides. &lt;br /&gt;
## Wood too hard for the selected blade. Change the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
## Blade too thick for the diameter of the wheels. Change the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
# Machine vibrates. &lt;br /&gt;
## Machine not level on the floor. Re-level the machine ensuring that it has no movement. &lt;br /&gt;
## Damaged drive belt. Replace the belt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Little maintenance is needed to upkeep the Wood Vertical Bandsaw. Refer to the table below for specific tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|After each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade Change&lt;br /&gt;
|When Dull&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rotate back blade guard 15 degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 8 hours of use&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5549</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5549"/>
		<updated>2019-08-22T23:35:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Safety */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bandsaw is generally defined as a saw blade in the form of an endless steel band that rotates around two or more wheels. This blade is a continuous metal band with teeth on one side. As the wheels rotate, so does the band, which creates the continuous sawing action. Because the direction of the blade is always downward toward the table, there is little danger (except for special cuts) that the wood will be thrown back at the operator, which is called a kickback. For safety reasons many woodworkers prefer the bandsaw especially when cutting small pieces. The unique feature of the bandsaw is that the workpiece can be rotated around the blade creating a curve. It is the tool most often used when curves have to be cut in wood. Because the bandsaw blade is fairly thin, it can cut thick stock with a minimum of horsepower. For this reason the bandsaw is often used when valuable pieces of wood are made into a thin piece of veneer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the bandsaw is usually associated with cutting curves, a variety of straight cuts are easily made with the saw. In fact, it is often used to rip wood because it is much safer than a radial arm saw and also has a smaller saw cut, so it wastes less wood. This becomes very important when using expensive wood where waste must be kept to a minimum. The cut is safer because the force of the cut is straight down on the table; the work cannot be pulled back or kicked back, which sometimes happens with table or radial arm saws. The bandsaw can also cut very thick stock, which the radial arm, or table saw cannot do. The disadvantage of cutting with the bandsaw is that the surface finish of the cut is not as good as with the table or radial arm saw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PDU_2sT0etc}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://maker-hub.georgefox.edu/w/images/a/a2/MBAND14BX110-0175_14_BX_110v%26220v_bandsaw_06-07-2015.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Wood Vertical Bandsaw, the student will cut out a curved shape using scrap wood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the blade guides and fence are in place. These are meant to help your cut, so it is crucial that these are in place. &lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on adjusting can be found in the manual, but they should be fine by default. The ace should take care of such issues.&lt;br /&gt;
### Blade guides (p. 33-34)&lt;br /&gt;
### Fence (p. 35-37)&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the upper blade guard so that it is just clearing the material being cut&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the cutting teeth are facing down since the blade moves downward. Otherwise, it will not cut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the blade has been properly tensioned (blade doesn’t have slack) and tracked (blade moves evenly and consistently as the wheels turn, doesn’t wander back and forth)&lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on tensioning (p. 30) and tracking (p. 29) can be found in the manual&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the proper size and type of blade is in use&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawKerf.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Blade help is in the manual (p. 38-42)&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the saw on. ‘1’ turns on, ‘0’ turns off. [[File:...woodVerticalBandsawOnOff.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the workpiece firmly against the table, flat side down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Push material into blade at a moderate pace, using a push stick if necessary at the end of the cut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the machine off once the cut is complete.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the workpiece and reset the space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
# Don’t feed anything into the blade you don’t want cut. First off, it makes no sense and it could pull other stuff into the midst, like your own body. That isn't a good scenario, so let's prevent that.&lt;br /&gt;
# Plan out your cut before making it. Wasting material isn't a good idea, and it's more time consuming when you mess up.&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful not to catch anything in the blade cutting curves.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use a push stick if necessary. Do not risk getting your hands too close to the blade .&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold work piece firmly on the table. It would be a shame if it flew somewhere and hit someone, then we'd have an interesting lawsuit to deal with...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31322 Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the bandsaw will not start. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the start switch is fully pulled out. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the yellow safety plug is fully engaged. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the electrical power cord is plugged into the power outlet. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the electrical supply is on (reset the breaker). &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that you have the correct power, 110V not 220V &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the machine will not stop. &lt;br /&gt;
## This is a very rare occurrence, as the machine is designed to be fail-safe. If it should occur and you cannot fix the fault, seek professional assistance. The machine must be disconnected from the power and never run until the fault has been rectified. &lt;br /&gt;
## Stop switch faulty. Replace the stop switch.&lt;br /&gt;
## Internal breaker faulty. Replace the breaker. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the motor tries to start but will not turn. &lt;br /&gt;
## With the power disconnected from the machine, open the doors and try to turn the wheel by hand. If the wheel is not turning, check the reason for the jamming. Typical reasons are: guides too tight, wood jammed in the wheel. Adjust guides or remove jammed wood. &lt;br /&gt;
## Capacitor faulty. Replace the capacitor. &lt;br /&gt;
## Motor faulty. Replace the motor. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the motor overheats. &lt;br /&gt;
## The motor is designed to run very hot, but should it overheat it has an internal terminal overload protector that will shut it down until the motor has cooled down and then it will reset automatically. If the motor overheats, wait until it has cooled down and restart. If the motor shuts down constantly, check for the reason. Typical reasons are dull blade, overfeeding the wood, motor cooling fan clogged or faulty, motor cooling fins clogged and excessive ambient temperature. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose there's a squeaking noise. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the motor cooling fan is not contacting the fan cover. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check the bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check the drive belt. &lt;br /&gt;
## Check that the guides are adjusted correctly. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the upper guide shaft is tight or loose. &lt;br /&gt;
## Clean and lubricate. &lt;br /&gt;
## Adjust rack and pinion. &lt;br /&gt;
## Bent rack. Replace the rack. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the blade slows down during a cut. &lt;br /&gt;
## Loose drive belt. Re-tension the belt. &lt;br /&gt;
## Dull blade. Replace the blade or have it re-sharpened. &lt;br /&gt;
## Feeding the wood too fast. Slow down the feed rate. &lt;br /&gt;
## Insufficient set on the teeth (wood nipping the blade). Change blade for a blade with the correct set. &lt;br /&gt;
## Oil or dirt on the drive belt. Clean or replace the drive belts. &lt;br /&gt;
## Fence not aligned correctly. Align fence. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the blade will not track on flywheels. &lt;br /&gt;
## Bad blade. Change the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
## Crown on the wheels worn or damaged tire. Dress the tires. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the blade kicks. &lt;br /&gt;
## Bad blade. Replace the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the blade makes a clicking noise. &lt;br /&gt;
## Bad weld. Dress the weld or change the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the blade overheats.  &lt;br /&gt;
## Dull blade. Change the blade or resharpen the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
## Pitch is too small for the depth of cut. Change to a blade with the correct pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
## Guides too tight. Adjust the guides. &lt;br /&gt;
## Wood too hard for the selected blade. Change the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
## Blade too thick for the diameter of the wheels. Change the blade. &lt;br /&gt;
# Machine vibrates. &lt;br /&gt;
## Machine not level on the floor. Re-level the machine ensuring that it has no movement. &lt;br /&gt;
## Damaged drive belt. Replace the belt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Little maintenance is needed to upkeep the Wood Vertical Bandsaw. Refer to the table below for specific tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|After each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade Change&lt;br /&gt;
|When Dull&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rotate back blade guard 15 degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 8 hours of use&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5548</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5548"/>
		<updated>2019-08-22T23:04:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* General Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bandsaw is generally defined as a saw blade in the form of an endless steel band that rotates around two or more wheels. This blade is a continuous metal band with teeth on one side. As the wheels rotate, so does the band, which creates the continuous sawing action. Because the direction of the blade is always downward toward the table, there is little danger (except for special cuts) that the wood will be thrown back at the operator, which is called a kickback. For safety reasons many woodworkers prefer the bandsaw especially when cutting small pieces. The unique feature of the bandsaw is that the workpiece can be rotated around the blade creating a curve. It is the tool most often used when curves have to be cut in wood. Because the bandsaw blade is fairly thin, it can cut thick stock with a minimum of horsepower. For this reason the bandsaw is often used when valuable pieces of wood are made into a thin piece of veneer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the bandsaw is usually associated with cutting curves, a variety of straight cuts are easily made with the saw. In fact, it is often used to rip wood because it is much safer than a radial arm saw and also has a smaller saw cut, so it wastes less wood. This becomes very important when using expensive wood where waste must be kept to a minimum. The cut is safer because the force of the cut is straight down on the table; the work cannot be pulled back or kicked back, which sometimes happens with table or radial arm saws. The bandsaw can also cut very thick stock, which the radial arm, or table saw cannot do. The disadvantage of cutting with the bandsaw is that the surface finish of the cut is not as good as with the table or radial arm saw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PDU_2sT0etc}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://maker-hub.georgefox.edu/w/images/a/a2/MBAND14BX110-0175_14_BX_110v%26220v_bandsaw_06-07-2015.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Wood Vertical Bandsaw, the student will cut out a curved shape using scrap wood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the blade guides and fence are in place. These are meant to help your cut, so it is crucial that these are in place. &lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on adjusting can be found in the manual, but they should be fine by default. The ace should take care of such issues.&lt;br /&gt;
### Blade guides (p. 33-34)&lt;br /&gt;
### Fence (p. 35-37)&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the upper blade guard so that it is just clearing the material being cut&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the cutting teeth are facing down since the blade moves downward. Otherwise, it will not cut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the blade has been properly tensioned (blade doesn’t have slack) and tracked (blade moves evenly and consistently as the wheels turn, doesn’t wander back and forth)&lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on tensioning (p. 30) and tracking (p. 29) can be found in the manual&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the proper size and type of blade is in use&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawKerf.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Blade help is in the manual (p. 38-42)&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the saw on. ‘1’ turns on, ‘0’ turns off. [[File:...woodVerticalBandsawOnOff.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the workpiece firmly against the table, flat side down&lt;br /&gt;
# Push material into blade at a moderate pace, using a push stick if necessary at the end of the cut&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the machine off once the cut is complete&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the workpiece and reset the space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31322 Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Little maintenance is needed to upkeep the Wood Vertical Bandsaw. Refer to the table below for specific tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|After each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade Change&lt;br /&gt;
|When Dull&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rotate back blade guard 15 degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 8 hours of use&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodVerticalBandsawOnOff.png&amp;diff=5547</id>
		<title>File:...woodVerticalBandsawOnOff.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodVerticalBandsawOnOff.png&amp;diff=5547"/>
		<updated>2019-08-22T17:04:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;woodVerticalBandsawOnOff&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodVerticalBandsawKerf.png&amp;diff=5546</id>
		<title>File:...woodVerticalBandsawKerf.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodVerticalBandsawKerf.png&amp;diff=5546"/>
		<updated>2019-08-22T17:02:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;...woodVerticalBandsawKerf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5545</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5545"/>
		<updated>2019-08-22T16:42:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* General Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bandsaw is generally defined as a saw blade in the form of an endless steel band that rotates around two or more wheels. This blade is a continuous metal band with teeth on one side. As the wheels rotate, so does the band, which creates the continuous sawing action. Because the direction of the blade is always downward toward the table, there is little danger (except for special cuts) that the wood will be thrown back at the operator, which is called a kickback. For safety reasons many woodworkers prefer the bandsaw especially when cutting small pieces. The unique feature of the bandsaw is that the workpiece can be rotated around the blade creating a curve. It is the tool most often used when curves have to be cut in wood. Because the bandsaw blade is fairly thin, it can cut thick stock with a minimum of horsepower. For this reason the bandsaw is often used when valuable pieces of wood are made into a thin piece of veneer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the bandsaw is usually associated with cutting curves, a variety of straight cuts are easily made with the saw. In fact, it is often used to rip wood because it is much safer than a radial arm saw and also has a smaller saw cut, so it wastes less wood. This becomes very important when using expensive wood where waste must be kept to a minimum. The cut is safer because the force of the cut is straight down on the table; the work cannot be pulled back or kicked back, which sometimes happens with table or radial arm saws. The bandsaw can also cut very thick stock, which the radial arm, or table saw cannot do. The disadvantage of cutting with the bandsaw is that the surface finish of the cut is not as good as with the table or radial arm saw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PDU_2sT0etc}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://maker-hub.georgefox.edu/w/images/a/a2/MBAND14BX110-0175_14_BX_110v%26220v_bandsaw_06-07-2015.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Wood Vertical Bandsaw, the student will cut out a curved shape using scrap wood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the blade guards and fence are in place. These are meant to keep you safe while operating the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on adjusting can be found in the manual&lt;br /&gt;
### Blade guards (p. 33-34)&lt;br /&gt;
### Fence (p. 35-37)&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the upper blade guard so that it is just clearing the material being cut&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the cutting teeth are facing down&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the blade has been properly tensioned (blade doesn’t have slack) and tracked (blade moves evenly and consistently as the wheels turn, doesn’t wander back and forth)&lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on tensioning (p. 30) and tracking (p. 29) can be found in the manual&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the proper size and type of blade is in use&lt;br /&gt;
##&lt;br /&gt;
## Blade help is in the manual (p. 38-42)&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the saw on&lt;br /&gt;
## , ‘I’ turns on, ‘O’ turns off&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the workpiece firmly against the table, flat side down&lt;br /&gt;
# Push material into blade at a moderate pace, using a push stick if necessary at the end of the cut&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the machine off once the cut is complete&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the workpiece&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31322 Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Little maintenance is needed to upkeep the Wood Vertical Bandsaw. Refer to the table below for specific tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|After each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade Change&lt;br /&gt;
|When Dull&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rotate back blade guard 15 degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 8 hours of use&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5544</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5544"/>
		<updated>2019-08-21T23:59:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Certification */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bandsaw is generally defined as a saw blade in the form of an endless steel band that rotates around two or more wheels. This blade is a continuous metal band with teeth on one side. As the wheels rotate, so does the band, which creates the continuous sawing action. Because the direction of the blade is always downward toward the table, there is little danger (except for special cuts) that the wood will be thrown back at the operator, which is called a kickback. For safety reasons many woodworkers prefer the bandsaw especially when cutting small pieces. The unique feature of the bandsaw is that the workpiece can be rotated around the blade creating a curve. It is the tool most often used when curves have to be cut in wood. Because the bandsaw blade is fairly thin, it can cut thick stock with a minimum of horsepower. For this reason the bandsaw is often used when valuable pieces of wood are made into a thin piece of veneer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the bandsaw is usually associated with cutting curves, a variety of straight cuts are easily made with the saw. In fact, it is often used to rip wood because it is much safer than a radial arm saw and also has a smaller saw cut, so it wastes less wood. This becomes very important when using expensive wood where waste must be kept to a minimum. The cut is safer because the force of the cut is straight down on the table; the work cannot be pulled back or kicked back, which sometimes happens with table or radial arm saws. The bandsaw can also cut very thick stock, which the radial arm, or table saw cannot do. The disadvantage of cutting with the bandsaw is that the surface finish of the cut is not as good as with the table or radial arm saw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PDU_2sT0etc}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://maker-hub.georgefox.edu/w/images/a/a2/MBAND14BX110-0175_14_BX_110v%26220v_bandsaw_06-07-2015.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Wood Vertical Bandsaw, the student will cut out a curved shape using scrap wood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the blade guards and fence are in place &lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on adjusting can be found in the manual&lt;br /&gt;
### Blade guards (p. 33-34)&lt;br /&gt;
### Fence (p. 35-37)&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the upper blade guard so that it is just clearing the material being cut&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the cutting teeth are facing down&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the blade has been properly tensioned (blade doesn’t have slack) and tracked (blade moves evenly and consistently as the wheels turn, doesn’t wander back and forth)&lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on tensioning (p. 30) and tracking (p. 29) can be found in the manual&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the proper size and type of blade is in use&lt;br /&gt;
##&lt;br /&gt;
## Blade help is in the manual (p. 38-42)&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the saw on&lt;br /&gt;
## , ‘I’ turns on, ‘O’ turns off&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the workpiece firmly against the table, flat side down&lt;br /&gt;
# Push material into blade at a moderate pace, using a push stick if necessary at the end of the cut&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the machine off once the cut is complete&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the workpiece&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31322 Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Little maintenance is needed to upkeep the Wood Vertical Bandsaw. Refer to the table below for specific tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|After each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade Change&lt;br /&gt;
|When Dull&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rotate back blade guard 15 degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 8 hours of use&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5543</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5543"/>
		<updated>2019-08-21T23:57:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Overview */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bandsaw is generally defined as a saw blade in the form of an endless steel band that rotates around two or more wheels. This blade is a continuous metal band with teeth on one side. As the wheels rotate, so does the band, which creates the continuous sawing action. Because the direction of the blade is always downward toward the table, there is little danger (except for special cuts) that the wood will be thrown back at the operator, which is called a kickback. For safety reasons many woodworkers prefer the bandsaw especially when cutting small pieces. The unique feature of the bandsaw is that the workpiece can be rotated around the blade creating a curve. It is the tool most often used when curves have to be cut in wood. Because the bandsaw blade is fairly thin, it can cut thick stock with a minimum of horsepower. For this reason the bandsaw is often used when valuable pieces of wood are made into a thin piece of veneer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the bandsaw is usually associated with cutting curves, a variety of straight cuts are easily made with the saw. In fact, it is often used to rip wood because it is much safer than a radial arm saw and also has a smaller saw cut, so it wastes less wood. This becomes very important when using expensive wood where waste must be kept to a minimum. The cut is safer because the force of the cut is straight down on the table; the work cannot be pulled back or kicked back, which sometimes happens with table or radial arm saws. The bandsaw can also cut very thick stock, which the radial arm, or table saw cannot do. The disadvantage of cutting with the bandsaw is that the surface finish of the cut is not as good as with the table or radial arm saw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PDU_2sT0etc}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://maker-hub.georgefox.edu/w/images/a/a2/MBAND14BX110-0175_14_BX_110v%26220v_bandsaw_06-07-2015.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Wood Vertical Bandsaw, the student will cut out a curved shape using scrap wood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the blade guards and fence are in place &lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on adjusting can be found in the manual&lt;br /&gt;
### Blade guards (p. 33-34)&lt;br /&gt;
### Fence (p. 35-37)&lt;br /&gt;
# Adjust the upper blade guard so that it is just clearing the material being cut&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the cutting teeth are facing down&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure that the blade has been properly tensioned (blade doesn’t have slack) and tracked (blade moves evenly and consistently as the wheels turn, doesn’t wander back and forth)&lt;br /&gt;
## Instructions on tensioning (p. 30) and tracking (p. 29) can be found in the manual&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure the proper size and type of blade is in use&lt;br /&gt;
##&lt;br /&gt;
## Blade help is in the manual (p. 38-42)&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the saw on&lt;br /&gt;
## , ‘I’ turns on, ‘O’ turns off&lt;br /&gt;
# Hold the workpiece firmly against the table, flat side down&lt;br /&gt;
# Push material into blade at a moderate pace, using a push stick if necessary at the end of the cut&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the machine off once the cut is complete&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove the workpiece&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31322 Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Little maintenance is needed to upkeep the Wood Vertical Bandsaw. Refer to the table below for specific tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|After each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade Change&lt;br /&gt;
|When Dull&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rotate back blade guard 15 degrees&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 8 hours of use&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5542</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5542"/>
		<updated>2019-08-21T23:42:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bandsaw is generally defined as a saw blade in the form of an endless steel band that rotates around two or more wheels. This blade is a continuous metal band with teeth on one side. As the wheels rotate, so does the band, which creates the continuous sawing action. Because the direction of the blade is always downward toward the table, there is little danger (except for special cuts) that the wood will be thrown back at the operator, which is called a kickback. For safety reasons many woodworkers prefer the bandsaw especially when cutting small pieces. The unique feature of the bandsaw is that the workpiece can be rotated around the blade creating a curve. It is the tool most often used when curves have to be cut in wood. Because the bandsaw blade is fairly thin, it can cut thick stock with a minimum of horsepower. For this reason the bandsaw is often used when valuable pieces of wood are made into a thin piece of veneer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the bandsaw is usually associated with cutting curves, a variety of straight cuts are easily made with the saw. In fact, it is often used to rip wood because it is much safer than a radial arm saw and also has a smaller saw cut, so it wastes less wood. This becomes very important when using expensive wood where waste must be kept to a minimum. The cut is safer because the force of the cut is straight down on the table; the work cannot be pulled back or kicked back, which sometimes happens with table or radial arm saws. The bandsaw can also cut very thick stock, which the radial arm, or table saw cannot do. The disadvantage of cutting with the bandsaw is that the surface finish of the cut is not as good as with the table or radial arm saw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PDU_2sT0etc}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://maker-hub.georgefox.edu/w/images/a/a2/MBAND14BX110-0175_14_BX_110v%26220v_bandsaw_06-07-2015.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31322 Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade Change&lt;br /&gt;
|When Dull&lt;br /&gt;
|Tech&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5541</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5541"/>
		<updated>2019-08-21T23:39:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Terminology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bandsaw is generally defined as a saw blade in the form of an endless steel band that rotates around two or more wheels. This blade is a continuous metal band with teeth on one side. As the wheels rotate, so does the band, which creates the continuous sawing action. Because the direction of the blade is always downward toward the table, there is little danger (except for special cuts) that the wood will be thrown back at the operator, which is called a kickback. For safety reasons many woodworkers prefer the bandsaw especially when cutting small pieces. The unique feature of the bandsaw is that the workpiece can be rotated around the blade creating a curve. It is the tool most often used when curves have to be cut in wood. Because the bandsaw blade is fairly thin, it can cut thick stock with a minimum of horsepower. For this reason the bandsaw is often used when valuable pieces of wood are made into a thin piece of veneer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the bandsaw is usually associated with cutting curves, a variety of straight cuts are easily made with the saw. In fact, it is often used to rip wood because it is much safer than a radial arm saw and also has a smaller saw cut, so it wastes less wood. This becomes very important when using expensive wood where waste must be kept to a minimum. The cut is safer because the force of the cut is straight down on the table; the work cannot be pulled back or kicked back, which sometimes happens with table or radial arm saws. The bandsaw can also cut very thick stock, which the radial arm, or table saw cannot do. The disadvantage of cutting with the bandsaw is that the surface finish of the cut is not as good as with the table or radial arm saw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PDU_2sT0etc}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31322 Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade Change&lt;br /&gt;
|When Dull&lt;br /&gt;
|Tech&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png&amp;diff=5540</id>
		<title>File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodVerticalBandsawTerms.png&amp;diff=5540"/>
		<updated>2019-08-21T23:32:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;...woodVerticalBandsawTerms&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Rework_Station&amp;diff=5539</id>
		<title>Rework Station</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Rework_Station&amp;diff=5539"/>
		<updated>2019-08-19T17:49:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=PCB Lab&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Electronics&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Solder Rework Station.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Rework Station Icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:image_pending.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Rework Station.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=The Rework Station&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has group=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Zephyrtronics&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=ZT-2, ZT-3, ZT-1-CLS-DPU, Hakko FR-301, Quick861DW&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Dara Klinkner;dklinkner18@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rework Station.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Solder Rework Station.png|left|100x100px|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rework Station is essential for fixing what you messed up during the fabrication process. Consisting of an Air Bath, Air Pencil, and Air Pick, the Rework Station allows you heat up a specific area of the PCB and make modifications, whether that means adding/removing some solder on the pads, rotating a component, or completely replacing a component. Other tools are available for similar purposes, such as a desoldering gun, and an additional heat gun for larger components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f_yFDpSTfao}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:...airBath.jpg|Air Bath (ZT-1-CLS-DPU)&lt;br /&gt;
File:...airPencil.jpg|Air Pencil (ZT-2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:...airPick.jpg|Air Pick (ZT-3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:...desolderingGun.jpg|Desoldering Gun (Hakko FR-301)&lt;br /&gt;
File:...heatGun.jpg|Heat Gun (Quick861DW)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zeph.com/smdpreheater.htm Zephyrtronics Airbath]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zeph.com/pencil.html Zephyrtronics Airpencil]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zeph.com/zt3web.htm Zephyrtronics Airpick]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.hakko.com/english/products/hakko_fr301.html Hakko FR-301]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.quick-global.com/2-lead-free-rework-2.html Quick-861DW]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Airbath can heat up to 205 °C, which can be enough to melt the solder on a PCB. Solder can melt at higher temperatures than this, which can be achieved using the Air Pencil and/or Heat Gun. Essentially, the Air Bath heats up the board and the Air Pencil finishes the job by heating up the part of the board that we want to fix (because we don't want to melt the solder on the parts that are already good to go). This is where the Air Pick and tweezers come in. After heating up the part we want to fix, the tweezers are used to remove a component while the Air Pick uses a vacuum to place a component on the board. If the component is too small, using tweezers to pick up the component is also a good alternative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Air Bath, Air Pencil, Air Pick, Desoldering Gun, and Heat Gun, the student will have a PCB prepared and perform tasks with the station as a whole. Using the Air Bath, Air Pencil, and Air Pick, students will remove a SMD and solder it back on. Using the Desoldering Gun, students will remove a soldered through hole component. Using the Heat Gun, students will mount a larger SMD, solder it on, and then remove it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Fixing/Replacing SMD Components&lt;br /&gt;
## Before turning on the Air Bath, clamp the PCB on the black stand, preferably placing it so that the component you want to fix is directly above the air. You should not be able to move the board once it is clamped. Keeping it sturdy helps from accidentally moving the PCB during the reworking process. &lt;br /&gt;
## The Air Bath has a power switch on the left, three buttons on the right, and a screen on the right. The switch has 3 positions which allows you to choose Cool, Off, and Warm by pressing it in their respective directions. The button on the right allow you to adjust the temperature in a rather funny way. The middle button has a down arrow while the right button has an up arrow, indicating which button decreases/increases the temperature of the bath. However, you need to hold down the left button while doing so. For instance, to increase the temperature, you would hold the left and right buttons at the same time.[[File:AirBathBoi.jpg|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Now you will heat up the Air Bath. Hit the Power switch on the front, and set the temperature about 20-30 °C below the solder's melting point. The melting point for your solder can be found using the table below. Voltera's Solder Paste (Orange) melts at lower temperatures than the Sn63Pb37 Solder Paste (Blue). If the Voltera Solder Paste says T4 at the top, heat the Air Bath to 180 °C. If the Voltera Solder Paste says T5 at the top, heat the Air Bath to 150 °C. If you are using the Sn63Pb37 Solder Paste, heat the Air Bath to 150 °C. [[File:...meltingPointTable.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Once the board is heated, you can use the Air Pencil to heat up a specific component. The pencil blows hot air out the end. When you turn it on, adjust the settings to be 3/4 of the heat capacity and about 1/3 of the air flow. We do this because when the air flow is maximized at full temperature, it does not get hot enough to melt the solder. Too much air flow is bad. &lt;br /&gt;
## Hold the tip of the pencil over the SMD you want to solder/desolder, and move it slightly around the leads to allow for more distribution of heat. If it is not heating it up, try turning the heat of the pencil higher. This should allow for your SMD components solder to melt, and you will be able to pick up the component up with a pair of static-safe tweezers or the Air Pick. If you are soldering a part on, make sure to generously apply flux to the pads, and make sure all the solder sticks to the pads after heating. &lt;br /&gt;
## If the pencil is not doing a good enough job to heat up the component, then you may graduate to using the  bigger heat gun, the Quick861DW. The same theoretical concepts apply, however, one potential downside of this is that it affects a larger area than the pencil. You may unintentionally melt the solder of components that you don't want to melt, so be extra careful my dudes. &lt;br /&gt;
## The Air Pick uses a vacuum to pick up and place components. Typically you would use both hands for this; one hand heats up the component with the pencil and the other grabs the component with the pick.  &lt;br /&gt;
## On the handle of the pick there is a divot that is connected to the vacuum. When you plug the divot with your finger, it will enable it to pick up a component. When you release your finger from the divot, it will let go of the component. There are different tips that you will place on the end of the tip based on the component you want to pick up, each having a different size for varying components. &lt;br /&gt;
# Desoldering Through Hole Components&lt;br /&gt;
## For desoldering through hole components, you will want to use the Desoldering Gun. It has a hot tip that can fit over a solder joint and utilizes a vacuum when the trigger is pulled. As a result, it melts the solder and sucks it into a cartridge, completely removing the joint.&lt;br /&gt;
## Before using the Desoldering Gun, make sure you have the little metal stand for the gun to sit on for safety purposes. Have Solder ready nearby to tin the tip before use, and clean the tip after tinning using the wire mesh.&lt;br /&gt;
## On the handle of the gun there is a temperature control wheel that ranges from 1-4 (coolest to hottest). Be sure to set it to the correct temperature using the graphic below. Typically, a through hole component would require you to set the scale to 2.[[File:...SolderingGun.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## To use the Desoldering Gun, briefly put the top over a solder joint (not completely on the PCB or you might damage it), press the trigger to enable the vacuum, and the solder should be sucked away!&lt;br /&gt;
## Tin the tip before cooldown, and take note that the cooldown may take a bit of time. Don't burn yourself!&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing about all these machines: THEY GET REALLY HOT!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be so so careful because these machines can get up to temperatures of potentially 700°F. Always be wary of where you are blowing the hot air with the air guns, so you don’t melt other things. Be wary of how hot your PCB can get, and always put the cooling setting on after you’re finished with the Air Bath before picking your PCB up, because you can burn yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31372 Foxtale Quiz]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the solder isn't melting. Consult the temperature table in the General Procedure, chances are that you just need to make it hotter, little by little. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the Air Pick is not picking up the component. Use the appropriate tip and make sure you are plugging the little divot to enable it to pick up. If these aren't working, resort to using tweezers.&lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the components are getting blown away from the pads you want it to sit on. Well, turn down the air my dude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wrap all cords and make them look tidy. Make sure all devices are turned off and returned to their original place. Do not leave tweezers or extra parts laying around, put them back in the accessories drawer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after every use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tinning tip of Desoldeirng Gun&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after every use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Rework_Station&amp;diff=5538</id>
		<title>Rework Station</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Rework_Station&amp;diff=5538"/>
		<updated>2019-08-19T17:49:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=PCB Lab&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Electronics&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Solder Rework Station.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Rework Station Icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:image_pending.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Rework Station.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=The Rework Station&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has group=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Zephyrtronics&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=ZT-2, ZT-3, ZT-1-CLS-DPU, Hakko FR-301, Quick861DW&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Dara Klinkner;dklinkner18@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rework Station.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Solder Rework Station.png|left|100x100px|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model:{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rework Station is essential for fixing what you messed up during the fabrication process. Consisting of an Air Bath, Air Pencil, and Air Pick, the Rework Station allows you heat up a specific area of the PCB and make modifications, whether that means adding/removing some solder on the pads, rotating a component, or completely replacing a component. Other tools are available for similar purposes, such as a desoldering gun, and an additional heat gun for larger components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f_yFDpSTfao}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:...airBath.jpg|Air Bath (ZT-1-CLS-DPU)&lt;br /&gt;
File:...airPencil.jpg|Air Pencil (ZT-2)&lt;br /&gt;
File:...airPick.jpg|Air Pick (ZT-3)&lt;br /&gt;
File:...desolderingGun.jpg|Desoldering Gun (Hakko FR-301)&lt;br /&gt;
File:...heatGun.jpg|Heat Gun (Quick861DW)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zeph.com/smdpreheater.htm Zephyrtronics Airbath]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zeph.com/pencil.html Zephyrtronics Airpencil]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zeph.com/zt3web.htm Zephyrtronics Airpick]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.hakko.com/english/products/hakko_fr301.html Hakko FR-301]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.quick-global.com/2-lead-free-rework-2.html Quick-861DW]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Airbath can heat up to 205 °C, which can be enough to melt the solder on a PCB. Solder can melt at higher temperatures than this, which can be achieved using the Air Pencil and/or Heat Gun. Essentially, the Air Bath heats up the board and the Air Pencil finishes the job by heating up the part of the board that we want to fix (because we don't want to melt the solder on the parts that are already good to go). This is where the Air Pick and tweezers come in. After heating up the part we want to fix, the tweezers are used to remove a component while the Air Pick uses a vacuum to place a component on the board. If the component is too small, using tweezers to pick up the component is also a good alternative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Air Bath, Air Pencil, Air Pick, Desoldering Gun, and Heat Gun, the student will have a PCB prepared and perform tasks with the station as a whole. Using the Air Bath, Air Pencil, and Air Pick, students will remove a SMD and solder it back on. Using the Desoldering Gun, students will remove a soldered through hole component. Using the Heat Gun, students will mount a larger SMD, solder it on, and then remove it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Fixing/Replacing SMD Components&lt;br /&gt;
## Before turning on the Air Bath, clamp the PCB on the black stand, preferably placing it so that the component you want to fix is directly above the air. You should not be able to move the board once it is clamped. Keeping it sturdy helps from accidentally moving the PCB during the reworking process. &lt;br /&gt;
## The Air Bath has a power switch on the left, three buttons on the right, and a screen on the right. The switch has 3 positions which allows you to choose Cool, Off, and Warm by pressing it in their respective directions. The button on the right allow you to adjust the temperature in a rather funny way. The middle button has a down arrow while the right button has an up arrow, indicating which button decreases/increases the temperature of the bath. However, you need to hold down the left button while doing so. For instance, to increase the temperature, you would hold the left and right buttons at the same time.[[File:AirBathBoi.jpg|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Now you will heat up the Air Bath. Hit the Power switch on the front, and set the temperature about 20-30 °C below the solder's melting point. The melting point for your solder can be found using the table below. Voltera's Solder Paste (Orange) melts at lower temperatures than the Sn63Pb37 Solder Paste (Blue). If the Voltera Solder Paste says T4 at the top, heat the Air Bath to 180 °C. If the Voltera Solder Paste says T5 at the top, heat the Air Bath to 150 °C. If you are using the Sn63Pb37 Solder Paste, heat the Air Bath to 150 °C. [[File:...meltingPointTable.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Once the board is heated, you can use the Air Pencil to heat up a specific component. The pencil blows hot air out the end. When you turn it on, adjust the settings to be 3/4 of the heat capacity and about 1/3 of the air flow. We do this because when the air flow is maximized at full temperature, it does not get hot enough to melt the solder. Too much air flow is bad. &lt;br /&gt;
## Hold the tip of the pencil over the SMD you want to solder/desolder, and move it slightly around the leads to allow for more distribution of heat. If it is not heating it up, try turning the heat of the pencil higher. This should allow for your SMD components solder to melt, and you will be able to pick up the component up with a pair of static-safe tweezers or the Air Pick. If you are soldering a part on, make sure to generously apply flux to the pads, and make sure all the solder sticks to the pads after heating. &lt;br /&gt;
## If the pencil is not doing a good enough job to heat up the component, then you may graduate to using the  bigger heat gun, the Quick861DW. The same theoretical concepts apply, however, one potential downside of this is that it affects a larger area than the pencil. You may unintentionally melt the solder of components that you don't want to melt, so be extra careful my dudes. &lt;br /&gt;
## The Air Pick uses a vacuum to pick up and place components. Typically you would use both hands for this; one hand heats up the component with the pencil and the other grabs the component with the pick.  &lt;br /&gt;
## On the handle of the pick there is a divot that is connected to the vacuum. When you plug the divot with your finger, it will enable it to pick up a component. When you release your finger from the divot, it will let go of the component. There are different tips that you will place on the end of the tip based on the component you want to pick up, each having a different size for varying components. &lt;br /&gt;
# Desoldering Through Hole Components&lt;br /&gt;
## For desoldering through hole components, you will want to use the Desoldering Gun. It has a hot tip that can fit over a solder joint and utilizes a vacuum when the trigger is pulled. As a result, it melts the solder and sucks it into a cartridge, completely removing the joint.&lt;br /&gt;
## Before using the Desoldering Gun, make sure you have the little metal stand for the gun to sit on for safety purposes. Have Solder ready nearby to tin the tip before use, and clean the tip after tinning using the wire mesh.&lt;br /&gt;
## On the handle of the gun there is a temperature control wheel that ranges from 1-4 (coolest to hottest). Be sure to set it to the correct temperature using the graphic below. Typically, a through hole component would require you to set the scale to 2.[[File:...SolderingGun.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## To use the Desoldering Gun, briefly put the top over a solder joint (not completely on the PCB or you might damage it), press the trigger to enable the vacuum, and the solder should be sucked away!&lt;br /&gt;
## Tin the tip before cooldown, and take note that the cooldown may take a bit of time. Don't burn yourself!&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing about all these machines: THEY GET REALLY HOT!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be so so careful because these machines can get up to temperatures of potentially 700°F. Always be wary of where you are blowing the hot air with the air guns, so you don’t melt other things. Be wary of how hot your PCB can get, and always put the cooling setting on after you’re finished with the Air Bath before picking your PCB up, because you can burn yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31372 Foxtale Quiz]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the solder isn't melting. Consult the temperature table in the General Procedure, chances are that you just need to make it hotter, little by little. &lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the Air Pick is not picking up the component. Use the appropriate tip and make sure you are plugging the little divot to enable it to pick up. If these aren't working, resort to using tweezers.&lt;br /&gt;
# Suppose the components are getting blown away from the pads you want it to sit on. Well, turn down the air my dude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wrap all cords and make them look tidy. Make sure all devices are turned off and returned to their original place. Do not leave tweezers or extra parts laying around, put them back in the accessories drawer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after every use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tinning tip of Desoldeirng Gun&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after every use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Through_Hole_Press&amp;diff=5537</id>
		<title>Through Hole Press</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Through_Hole_Press&amp;diff=5537"/>
		<updated>2019-08-19T17:48:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:...PressyBoi.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=PCB Lab&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Electronics&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File: Through_hole_pressIcon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Through Hole Press Icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:image_pending.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:through_hole_press_image.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=The Favorit Through Hole Press&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has group=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Favorit&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=PL-FAVORIT&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Your Mom;ymom@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Through Hole Press is a hand-operated through hole plating machine using rivets. A rivet is a component used to easily connect traces that are transitioning between the top and bottom layers of a PCB. As a whole, it is known as a via. Specifically, it is a small hollow copper tube that can be inserted on one side of the board, then - using a specialized rivet tool like the Through Hole Press - the rivets are pressed and deformed to connect both sides. There are other methods that carry out the same function, but using rivets is the fastest and most consistent method.  {{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ywfjknf6Vtg}}{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nz1TcfEnw-o}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Pcb-trace-geometry-2.png|Trace&lt;br /&gt;
File:...via.png|Via&lt;br /&gt;
File:...rivet.png|Rivet&lt;br /&gt;
File:...rubberMallet.png|Rubber Mallet&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.bungard.de/index.php/en/products/through-hole-plating-line/through-hole-plating Product Home Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.bungard.de/images/downloads/favorit_manual_e.pdf Favorit Through Hole Press User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Through hole press instructions and size chart.pdf|Instructions and Size Chart]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rivets are used to connect traces on the top and bottom layers of a PCB. Traces are paths of conductive ink that connect components. Rivets can be pressed using either the Through Hole Press or a rubber mallet. Each method has its perks, so students will learn both methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the press, the student will press 2 rivets by using a rubber mallet and 2 rivets using the press. A test PCB with many holes of different sizes will be provided and reused among students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Hole Sizing&lt;br /&gt;
## Before pressing a rivet, you need to make sure you design the holes so that they fit well. For a rivet to fit nicely in a hole, the hole diameter needs to be 0.1 mm (3.9 mils) larger than the rivet outer diameter. Use the table below to see what types of rivets Voltera offers. Also, refer to the chart below to assure you have the right size rivet for the hole you are pressing it into.[[File:Through_hole_press_chart_snippet.PNG|none|thumb|500x500px]][[File:...rivetTable.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Additionally, these rivets are hollow, so these can also be used to secure headers on your PCB. When placing vias in your design program, ensure the right drill size is used so the PCB Printer leaves enough space when printing the ink. &lt;br /&gt;
# Using Through Hole Press&lt;br /&gt;
## Follow the instructions in the following video for setting up the correct tool set for your rivet.{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lWoPXiklzl0}}&lt;br /&gt;
## You will need to place all the rivets into the board. Some like to use their fingers, some like to use tweezers, it is up to you. Pinching the rivets on the side is the easiest way to go, as shown in the picture below.[[File:...rivetPlacing.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## The through hole press pretty much just flattens down the other side on the rivet. Once all rivets have been placed, you will need to turn it upside down while keeping the rivets snug inside the hole in order to flatten the other side. Find a flat unused PCB, place it over the rivets, and turn it upside down to keep them from falling out. Using some tape to keep the plate stable on the board is something to try if things are not quite going your way.[[File:...rivetFlip.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Before pressing the rivets, you need to make sure you have the right tool inserted into the upper and lower parts of the press. These tools can be found in the drawer in front of the press. The tool you choose should have the same inside diameter of the rivet you want to press.&lt;br /&gt;
## Now it is time to press the rivets. Place the board over the pin of the lower tool and fit a rivet over the pin as far as possible. To flatten the other side of the rivet, press the lever until it reaches the stop pin, then release. [[File:...rivetPress.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Your rivet should change somewhat like this. Pressing the rivet too hard can cause it to crack and damage the traces on the board, yet pressing the rivet too softly will to a poor job because it will not make a firm connection with the traces. It should be hit just hard enough to deform the rivet to make a firm connection with the traces. With practice, you'll learn the right amount of pressure to apply.  [[File:...rivetBeforeAfter.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Using the Rubber Mallet&lt;br /&gt;
## Rivets can also be pressed using a rubber mallet! The setup for the through hole press apply here as well. This method is faster than the Through Hole Press, but it is not as consistent. &lt;br /&gt;
## You will need to place all the rivets into the board. Some like to use their fingers, some like to use tweezers, it is up to you. Pinching the rivets on the side is the easiest way to go, as shown in the picture below.[[File:...rivetPlacing.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## The through hole press pretty much just flattens down the other side on the rivet. Once all rivets have been placed, you will need to turn it upside down while keeping the rivets snug inside the hole in order to flatten the other side. Find a flat unused PCB, place it over the rivets, and turn it upside down to keep them from falling out. Using some tape to keep the unused PCB stable on the board is something to try if things are not quite going your way. [[File:...rivetFlip.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Using the rubber mallet and the rivet tool, you can press the rivet as shown in the picture below. Place the tip of the tool inside the rivet in an upright position, then hit the top of the tool with the mallet. The rivet tool can be found in the drawers in front of the PCB Printers.[[File:...rubberMalletPress.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Your rivet should change somewhat like this. Pressing the rivet too hard can cause it to crack and damage the traces on the board, yet pressing the rivet too softly will to a poor job because it will not make a firm connection with the traces. It should be hit just hard enough to deform the rivet to make a firm connection with the traces. With practice, you'll learn the right amount of pressure to apply. Come stop by![[File:...rivetBeforeAfter.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
There is not much that can hurt you while using the machine or the rubber mallet. Do not put any part of yourself under the through hole press, because it will try to punch a hole in you. The same idea goes with the mallet and the '''rivet''' tool. Do not swing it or do any dumb stuff. This should not have to be said, but people are dumb sometimes. Please do not be that person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the through hole press and its tools, there any many things that could damage it. Especially tools for small rivet diameter (0.4 and 0.6 mm) are sensitive and require careful handling. The tip of the upper tool and springloaded pin of the bottom tool '''should be guarded against damage.'''  Avoid any excessive pressure on both parts! For transport reasons the tip of the lower tool may be hidden inside of the tool body. If so, carefully turn in the headless screw, until the tip shows up again, but still can be pushed into the body again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31713 Foxtale Quiz]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
If a rivet is not connecting the top and bottom layer traces, it is probably not pressed well, meaning it is not making good contact with the trace on both layers. A well placed rivet gives a good connection that is resistant to bending and twisting. In order to obtain a good long-term stability, we recommend that you apply our SUR-TIN immersion tin. This will help to prevent corrosion at the transition layer of the rivet and the copper clad (and will increase solderability). If you place component leads in the rivet holes and solder them from one side only, you should avoid thermal stress to the rivet. Certainly if solder passes the rivet it can cause the rivet to grow under the heat so that the rivet becomes loose. In such case, you should solder fix both rivet collars to the pads before inserting component leads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is little to no maintenance to be done on this machine. Just be sure to reset the space, put away any rivets, tools, and PCBs that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and After each use, put away any rivets, tools, and PCBs that you have used&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Through_Hole_Press&amp;diff=5536</id>
		<title>Through Hole Press</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Through_Hole_Press&amp;diff=5536"/>
		<updated>2019-08-19T17:32:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Training */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:...PressyBoi.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=PCB Lab&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Electronics&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File: Through_hole_pressIcon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Through Hole Press Icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:image_pending.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:through_hole_press_image.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=The Favorit Through Hole Press&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has group=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Favorit&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=PL-FAVORIT&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Your Mom;ymom@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Through Hole Press is a hand-operated through hole plating machine using rivets. A rivet is a component used to easily connect traces that are transitioning between the top and bottom layers of a PCB, also known as a via. Specifically, it is a small hollow copper tube that can be inserted on one side of the board, then - using a specialized rivet tool like the Through Hole Press - the rivets are pressed and deformed to connect both sides. There are other methods that carry out the same function, but using rivets is the fastest and most consistent method.  {{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ywfjknf6Vtg}}{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nz1TcfEnw-o}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Pcb-trace-geometry-2.png|Trace&lt;br /&gt;
File:...via.png|Via&lt;br /&gt;
File:...rivet.png|Rivet&lt;br /&gt;
File:...rubberMallet.png|Rubber Mallet&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.bungard.de/index.php/en/products/through-hole-plating-line/through-hole-plating Product Home Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.bungard.de/images/downloads/favorit_manual_e.pdf Favorit Through Hole Press User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Through hole press instructions and size chart.pdf|Instructions and Size Chart]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rivets are used to connect traces on the top and bottom layers of a PCB. Traces are paths of conductive ink that connect components. Rivets can be pressed using either the Through Hole Press or a rubber mallet. Each method has its perks, so students will learn both methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the press, the student will press 2 rivets by using a rubber mallet and 2 rivets using the press. A test PCB with many holes of different sizes will be provided and reused among students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Hole Sizing&lt;br /&gt;
## Before pressing a rivet, you need to make sure you design the holes so that they fit well. For a rivet to fit nicely in a hole, the hole diameter needs to be 0.1 mm (3.9 mils) larger than the rivet outer diameter. Use the table below to see what types of rivets Voltera offers. Also, refer to the chart below to assure you have the right size rivet for the hole you are pressing it into.[[File:Through_hole_press_chart_snippet.PNG|none|thumb|500x500px]][[File:...rivetTable.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Additionally, these rivets are hollow, so these can also be used to secure headers on your PCB. When placing vias in your design program, ensure the right drill size is used so the PCB Printer leaves enough space when printing the ink. &lt;br /&gt;
# Using Through Hole Press&lt;br /&gt;
## Follow the instructions in the following video for setting up the correct tool set for your rivet.{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lWoPXiklzl0}}&lt;br /&gt;
## You will need to place all the rivets into the board. Some like to use their fingers, some like to use tweezers, it is up to you. Pinching the rivets on the side is the easiest way to go, as shown in the picture below.[[File:...rivetPlacing.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## The through hole press pretty much just flattens down the other side on the rivet. Once all rivets have been placed, you will need to turn it upside down while keeping the rivets snug inside the hole in order to flatten the other side. Find a flat unused PCB, place it over the rivets, and turn it upside down to keep them from falling out. Using some tape to keep the plate stable on the board is something to try if things are not quite going your way.[[File:...rivetFlip.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Before pressing the rivets, you need to make sure you have the right tool inserted into the upper and lower parts of the press. These tools can be found in the drawer in front of the press. The tool you choose should have the same inside diameter of the rivet you want to press.&lt;br /&gt;
## Now it is time to press the rivets. Place the board over the pin of the lower tool and fit a rivet over the pin as far as possible. To flatten the other side of the rivet, press the lever until it reaches the stop pin, then release. [[File:...rivetPress.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Your rivet should change somewhat like this. Pressing the rivet too hard can cause it to crack and damage the traces on the board, yet pressing the rivet too softly will to a poor job because it will not make a firm connection with the traces. It should be hit just hard enough to deform the rivet to make a firm connection with the traces. With practice, you'll learn the right amount of pressure to apply.  [[File:...rivetBeforeAfter.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Using the Rubber Mallet&lt;br /&gt;
## Rivets can also be pressed using a rubber mallet! The setup for the through hole press apply here as well. This method is faster than the Through Hole Press, but it is not as consistent. &lt;br /&gt;
## You will need to place all the rivets into the board. Some like to use their fingers, some like to use tweezers, it is up to you. Pinching the rivets on the side is the easiest way to go, as shown in the picture below.[[File:...rivetPlacing.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## The through hole press pretty much just flattens down the other side on the rivet. Once all rivets have been placed, you will need to turn it upside down while keeping the rivets snug inside the hole in order to flatten the other side. Find a flat unused PCB, place it over the rivets, and turn it upside down to keep them from falling out. Using some tape to keep the unused PCB stable on the board is something to try if things are not quite going your way. [[File:...rivetFlip.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Using the rubber mallet and the rivet tool, you can press the rivet as shown in the picture below. Place the tip of the tool inside the rivet in an upright position, then hit the top of the tool with the mallet. The rivet tool can be found in the drawers in front of the PCB Printers.[[File:...rubberMalletPress.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
## Your rivet should change somewhat like this. Pressing the rivet too hard can cause it to crack and damage the traces on the board, yet pressing the rivet too softly will to a poor job because it will not make a firm connection with the traces. It should be hit just hard enough to deform the rivet to make a firm connection with the traces. With practice, you'll learn the right amount of pressure to apply. Come stop by![[File:...rivetBeforeAfter.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
There is not much that can hurt you while using the machine or the rubber mallet. Do not put any part of yourself under the through hole press, because it will try to punch a hole in you. The same idea goes with the mallet and the '''rivet''' tool. Do not swing it or do any dumb stuff. This should not have to be said, but people are dumb sometimes. Please do not be that person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the through hole press and its tools, there any many things that could damage it. Especially tools for small rivet diameter (0.4 and 0.6 mm) are sensitive and require careful handling. The tip of the upper tool and springloaded pin of the bottom tool '''should be guarded against damage.'''  Avoid any excessive pressure on both parts! For transport reasons the tip of the lower tool may be hidden inside of the tool body. If so, carefully turn in the headless screw, until the tip shows up again, but still can be pushed into the body again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=31713 Foxtale Quiz]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
If a rivet is not connecting the top and bottom layer traces, it is probably not pressed well, meaning it is not making good contact with the trace on both layers. A well placed rivet gives a good connection that is resistant to bending and twisting. In order to obtain a good long-term stability, we recommend that you apply our SUR-TIN immersion tin. This will help to prevent corrosion at the transition layer of the rivet and the copper clad (and will increase solderability). If you place component leads in the rivet holes and solder them from one side only, you should avoid thermal stress to the rivet. Certainly if solder passes the rivet it can cause the rivet to grow under the heat so that the rivet becomes loose. In such case, you should solder fix both rivet collars to the pads before inserting component leads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is little to no maintenance to be done on this machine. Just be sure to reset the space, put away any rivets, tools, and PCBs that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and After each use, put away any rivets, tools, and PCBs that you have used&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:Pcb-trace-geometry-2.png&amp;diff=5535</id>
		<title>File:Pcb-trace-geometry-2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:Pcb-trace-geometry-2.png&amp;diff=5535"/>
		<updated>2019-08-19T17:31:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Pcb-trace-geometry-2&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...via.png&amp;diff=5534</id>
		<title>File:...via.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...via.png&amp;diff=5534"/>
		<updated>2019-08-19T17:30:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;via&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Soldering_Irons&amp;diff=5533</id>
		<title>Soldering Irons</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Soldering_Irons&amp;diff=5533"/>
		<updated>2019-08-16T16:27:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=The Hub&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Electronics&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has function=Soldering Iron&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:soldering_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Soldering Iron&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:soldering.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Soldering a component&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=Soldering is a process in which two or more items (usually metal) are joined together by melting and putting a filler metal (solder) into the joint&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=23483&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Weller&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=WES51&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has group=Circuit Board Design&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Mitchell Wagner;mwagner16@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soldering''' is a process in which two or more items (usually metal) are joined together by melting and putting a filler metal (solder) into the joint, the filler metal having a lower melting point than the adjoining metal. Soldering differs from welding in that soldering does not involve melting the work pieces. In brazing, the filler metal melts at a higher temperature, but the work piece metal does not melt. In the past, nearly all solders contained lead, but environmental and health concerns have increasingly dictated use of lead-free solder for electronics and plumbing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is an example of this piece of equipment being used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert video media here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:SolderingTips.jpg|Soldering Tip&lt;br /&gt;
File:Solder.jpg|Solder&lt;br /&gt;
File:Flux.jpg|Flux&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Soldering Iron is an amazing tool that allows us to construct circuits with sturdy connections between components. The detailed steps to do this can be found in videos on the Description section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before using a Soldering Station, students will need to read some documentation, watch some videos, and pass a quiz on Foxtale. Upon completion, students will be given the following PCB and components to assemble the circuit below. Upon completion, they will have the PCB Lab volunteers assess their work and confirm operation. The deliverable will include a video of the working device and a crisp &amp;quot;Thumbs Up&amp;quot; from the PCB Lab Volunteer to assure that the student successfully completed the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:blinkypcb.jpg|[[Media:Blinky.zip|PCB]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:ne555.png|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/texas-instruments/NE555P/296-1411-5-ND/277057 555 timer]&lt;br /&gt;
File:res1k.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/stackpole-electronics-inc/CF14JT1K00/CF14JT1K00CT-ND/1830350 1 K&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;Omega;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;Omega;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; resistor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:res470k.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/stackpole-electronics-inc/CF14JT470K/CF14JT470KCT-ND/1830415 470 K&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;Omega;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;Omega;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; resistor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:cap1uF.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/UVP1H010MDD1TD/493-12697-1-ND/4328314?utm_campaign=buynow&amp;amp;WT.z_cid=ref_octopart_dkc_buynow&amp;amp;utm_medium=aggregator&amp;amp;curr=usd&amp;amp;site=us&amp;amp;utm_source=octopart 1 &amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;mu;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;mu;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;F capacitor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:red_led.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/lite-on-inc/LTL-4223/160-1127-ND/200395 red LED]&lt;br /&gt;
File:battcon.jpg|[https://www.xump.com/science/9V-Battery-Snap-Connector-Leads.cfm?SID=12&amp;amp;gclid=EAIaIQobChMI04mUoZaF2QIVAm5-Ch0pDgDrEAQYAiABEgKI1_D_BwE 9V Battery connector]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Blinking LED Circuit.gif|Completed PCB&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Soldering_course_circuit.jpg|none|thumb|583x583px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# First things first, you need to learn how to use the soldering irons! Soldering is not difficult, but understanding some basic concepts will go a long way toward a successful experience. As part of your training, you will need to read some documentation and watch some videos.&lt;br /&gt;
# After scouring the web for examples of soldering training, we really liked the lessons captured in the [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837 PACE] series, despite the fact that they were filmed in the 80's. These videos are well produced (for something possibly older than your parents) and have a lot of good information. The quizzable information is in the very first, fifth, and sixth videos, but the other videos have great examples of good and bad soldering joints. Another more modern video from [https://www.beautyandthebolt Beauty and the Bolt] is also insightful. TThis video is a little more modern, and a good resource, but not as technically interesting. It talks a bit about desoldering as well as soldering wires together and how to use heat shrink and electrical tape. A more modern series is available from [https://www.howcast.com/guides/930-how-to-solder Howcast]. It wouldn't hurt at all to watch this series, but we will just focus on a couple for the quiz. Finally, there is an official training video from the [[Maker Hub]] that is tailored to our specific space and equipment. This video will give you the information you need to perform the live solder demonstration required for your soldering certification.&lt;br /&gt;
# This nostalgic set of [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837 videos] from PACE are quite old, but surprisingly still quite relevant. The style makes you think that you will be getting ready to watch an old Disney cartoon - you aren't. Don't get disappointed.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 1:''' This is by far the longest of the videos at (20:44), but also packed with the most pertinent information. It provides great background on solder, flux, wetting, and then mechanics of the iron and the joint. We do not have the student handbook that is mentioned. We suspect that you can manage without that. Here are some key ideas that you should watch for:&lt;br /&gt;
## What is solder? What temperatures do the different solders melt at?&lt;br /&gt;
## What is flux?&lt;br /&gt;
## What is wetting?&lt;br /&gt;
## What are the different aspects of a soldering iron?{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIT4ra6Mo0s}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 2-5:''' These videos are worth watching, but they are not essential for this training.&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mrhg5A1a1mU&amp;amp;index=2&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 2] - &amp;quot;Soldering To PCB Terminals&amp;quot; (6:50)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_GLeCt_u3U8&amp;amp;index=3&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 3] - &amp;quot;Cup Terminals&amp;quot; (4:19)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hvTiql-ED4A&amp;amp;index=4&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 4] - &amp;quot;Bifurcated Terminals&amp;quot; (2:45)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sN3V8hMiUb4&amp;amp;index=5&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 5] - &amp;quot;Hook and Pierced Terminals&amp;quot; (1:19)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 6:''' Good explanation of a &amp;quot;semi-clenched&amp;quot; method for soldering an axial-lead component. This technique allows the component to be held in place for soldering without any extra tape or glue (or a potentially burnt finger).{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AY5M-lGxvzo}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 7:''' Applying the &amp;quot;clenching&amp;quot; idea to an IC. Typically, we will not use this technique, but will instead hold the part and &amp;quot;tack&amp;quot; these same leads with solder - just to hold it. The rest of the video has great examples of IC's being soldered.{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VgcPxdnjwt4}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 8-9:''' We don't normally see too many of these any more, but again, nice examples of good joints that are similar to components we still use. Rather than flatpack or planar components, we generally use &amp;quot;surface-mount&amp;quot; now. But, the soldering part is still useful to watch. The techniques are similar. Our PCB's will generally come &amp;quot;pre-tined&amp;quot; and the component leads are already bent, but the rest of the soldering is the same.&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sTv3gK9tAKA&amp;amp;index=8&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 8] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits&amp;quot; (1:16)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nq5ngauITsw&amp;amp;index=9&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 9] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits: The Flatpack &amp;amp; Other Planar-mounted Components&amp;quot; (6:20)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Howcast How to Solder:''' This set of [https://www.howcast.com/guides/930-how-to-solder videos] from Howcast is worth watching, but we will only highlight a couple of them here that talk about removing solder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''How to Remove Solder'''{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-lnRf2biz50}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''How to Remove Through-Hole Components'''{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zjQf0ajBYmM}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Maker Hub Video:''' This video contains specific information for soldering in the Maker Hub as well as a basic overview of what will be expected in your live demonstration.{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4v98_f7JFdo}}&lt;br /&gt;
# &lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire a soldering station. For this procedure, this particular station will be referenced, the Weller WES51.[[File:...solderingiron.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# You can power it on using the switch on the left and control the temperature in °F using the temperature knob on the right. 650-750 °F is a good temperature range to keep it at. When the light is solid green, the iron is not heated up yet. When it is heated to the temperature you set on the temperature knob, it will start blinking green.&lt;br /&gt;
# Before you begin using the soldering iron, wet the sponge! Take it to a sink and drench that boi. This is used to clean the soldering iron continually during use. If you don't make it wet, it will burn up the sponge and smell/look gross, and it won't clean the soldering iron.&lt;br /&gt;
# Now you're ready to use the soldering iron! Refer to the videos in times of doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to complete that video checking off your board!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
# Soldering Irons can get up to 1000 °F. This is really hot, so do not touch it. Any metal thing on the iron is hot. Be sure to hold the iron like a pencil, and ONLY hold it by the handle.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you get burnt, immediately place the burn under cold running cold water for a while. This keeps it from blistering.&lt;br /&gt;
# When not in use, turn off the soldering iron. There's no need to have it blistering hot when it is not being used.&lt;br /&gt;
# &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=23483| Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two things in particular that could keep you from successfully soldering: an untinned tip and a loose tip. If the tip is not shiny silver, then place a little solder on the tip and wipe it on the sponge. Some soldering irons allow there tips to be replaced for the sake of having different shapes. If the iron is not heating up and you are using this type of iron, it is possible that the tip is not inserted into the iron fully. To fix this, grab some pliers (so you don't burn your hands), grip the shaft and push it in fully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maintenance for the soldering iron generally consists of keeping the soldering station cleaned, stocked, and the iron tinned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|After each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tin Soldering Iron&lt;br /&gt;
|As needed&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Stock solder, solder wick, sponge&lt;br /&gt;
|As needed&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}__TOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:Flux.jpg&amp;diff=5527</id>
		<title>File:Flux.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:Flux.jpg&amp;diff=5527"/>
		<updated>2019-08-16T00:05:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;flux&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Soldering_Irons&amp;diff=5526</id>
		<title>Soldering Irons</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Soldering_Irons&amp;diff=5526"/>
		<updated>2019-08-16T00:03:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=The Hub&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Electronics&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has function=Soldering Iron&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:soldering_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Soldering Iron&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:soldering.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Soldering a component&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=Soldering is a process in which two or more items (usually metal) are joined together by melting and putting a filler metal (solder) into the joint&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=23483&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Weller&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=WES51&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has group=Circuit Board Design&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Mitchell Wagner;mwagner16@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soldering''' is a process in which two or more items (usually metal) are joined together by melting and putting a filler metal (solder) into the joint, the filler metal having a lower melting point than the adjoining metal. Soldering differs from welding in that soldering does not involve melting the work pieces. In brazing, the filler metal melts at a higher temperature, but the work piece metal does not melt. In the past, nearly all solders contained lead, but environmental and health concerns have increasingly dictated use of lead-free solder for electronics and plumbing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is an example of this piece of equipment being used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert video media here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:SolderingTips.jpg|Soldering Tip&lt;br /&gt;
File:Solder.jpg|Solder&lt;br /&gt;
File:Flux.jpg|Flux&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Soldering Iron is an amazing tool that allows us to construct circuits with sturdy connections between components. The detailed steps to do this can be found in videos on the Description section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before using a Soldering Station, students will need to read some documentation, watch some videos, and pass a quiz on Foxtale. Upon completion, students will be given the following PCB and components to assemble the circuit below. Upon completion, they will have the PCB Lab volunteers assess their work and confirm operation. The deliverable will include a video of the working device and a crisp &amp;quot;Thumbs Up&amp;quot; from the PCB Lab Volunteer to assure that the student successfully completed the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:blinkypcb.jpg|[[Media:Blinky.zip|PCB]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:ne555.png|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/texas-instruments/NE555P/296-1411-5-ND/277057 555 timer]&lt;br /&gt;
File:res1k.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/stackpole-electronics-inc/CF14JT1K00/CF14JT1K00CT-ND/1830350 1 K&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;Omega;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;Omega;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; resistor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:res470k.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/stackpole-electronics-inc/CF14JT470K/CF14JT470KCT-ND/1830415 470 K&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;Omega;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;Omega;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; resistor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:cap1uF.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/UVP1H010MDD1TD/493-12697-1-ND/4328314?utm_campaign=buynow&amp;amp;WT.z_cid=ref_octopart_dkc_buynow&amp;amp;utm_medium=aggregator&amp;amp;curr=usd&amp;amp;site=us&amp;amp;utm_source=octopart 1 &amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;mu;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;mu;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;F capacitor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:red_led.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/lite-on-inc/LTL-4223/160-1127-ND/200395 red LED]&lt;br /&gt;
File:battcon.jpg|[https://www.xump.com/science/9V-Battery-Snap-Connector-Leads.cfm?SID=12&amp;amp;gclid=EAIaIQobChMI04mUoZaF2QIVAm5-Ch0pDgDrEAQYAiABEgKI1_D_BwE 9V Battery connector]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Blinking LED Circuit.gif|Completed PCB&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Soldering_course_circuit.jpg|none|thumb|583x583px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# First things first, you need to learn how to use the soldering irons! Soldering is not difficult, but understanding some basic concepts will go a long way toward a successful experience. As part of your training, you will need to read some documentation and watch some videos.&lt;br /&gt;
# After scouring the web for examples of soldering training, we really liked the lessons captured in the [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837 PACE] series, despite the fact that they were filmed in the 80's. These videos are well produced (for something possibly older than your parents) and have a lot of good information. The quizzable information is in the very first, fifth, and sixth videos, but the other videos have great examples of good and bad soldering joints. Another more modern video from [https://www.beautyandthebolt Beauty and the Bolt] is also insightful. TThis video is a little more modern, and a good resource, but not as technically interesting. It talks a bit about desoldering as well as soldering wires together and how to use heat shrink and electrical tape. A more modern series is available from [https://www.howcast.com/guides/930-how-to-solder Howcast]. It wouldn't hurt at all to watch this series, but we will just focus on a couple for the quiz. Finally, there is an official training video from the [[Maker Hub]] that is tailored to our specific space and equipment. This video will give you the information you need to perform the live solder demonstration required for your soldering certification.&lt;br /&gt;
# This nostalgic set of [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837 videos] from PACE are quite old, but surprisingly still quite relevant. The style makes you think that you will be getting ready to watch an old Disney cartoon - you aren't. Don't get disappointed.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 1:''' This is by far the longest of the videos at (20:44), but also packed with the most pertinent information. It provides great background on solder, flux, wetting, and then mechanics of the iron and the joint. We do not have the student handbook that is mentioned. We suspect that you can manage without that. Here are some key ideas that you should watch for:&lt;br /&gt;
## What is solder? What temperatures do the different solders melt at?&lt;br /&gt;
## What is flux?&lt;br /&gt;
## What is wetting?&lt;br /&gt;
## What are the different aspects of a soldering iron?{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIT4ra6Mo0s}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 2-5:''' These videos are worth watching, but they are not essential for this training.&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mrhg5A1a1mU&amp;amp;index=2&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 2] - &amp;quot;Soldering To PCB Terminals&amp;quot; (6:50)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_GLeCt_u3U8&amp;amp;index=3&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 3] - &amp;quot;Cup Terminals&amp;quot; (4:19)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hvTiql-ED4A&amp;amp;index=4&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 4] - &amp;quot;Bifurcated Terminals&amp;quot; (2:45)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sN3V8hMiUb4&amp;amp;index=5&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 5] - &amp;quot;Hook and Pierced Terminals&amp;quot; (1:19)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 6:''' Good explanation of a &amp;quot;semi-clenched&amp;quot; method for soldering an axial-lead component. This technique allows the component to be held in place for soldering without any extra tape or glue (or a potentially burnt finger).{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AY5M-lGxvzo}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 7:''' Applying the &amp;quot;clenching&amp;quot; idea to an IC. Typically, we will not use this technique, but will instead hold the part and &amp;quot;tack&amp;quot; these same leads with solder - just to hold it. The rest of the video has great examples of IC's being soldered.{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VgcPxdnjwt4}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 8-9:''' We don't normally see too many of these any more, but again, nice examples of good joints that are similar to components we still use. Rather than flatpack or planar components, we generally use &amp;quot;surface-mount&amp;quot; now. But, the soldering part is still useful to watch. The techniques are similar. Our PCB's will generally come &amp;quot;pre-tined&amp;quot; and the component leads are already bent, but the rest of the soldering is the same.&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sTv3gK9tAKA&amp;amp;index=8&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 8] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits&amp;quot; (1:16)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nq5ngauITsw&amp;amp;index=9&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 9] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits: The Flatpack &amp;amp; Other Planar-mounted Components&amp;quot; (6:20)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Howcast How to Solder:''' This set of [https://www.howcast.com/guides/930-how-to-solder videos] from Howcast is worth watching, but we will only highlight a couple of them here that talk about removing solder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''How to Remove Solder'''{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-lnRf2biz50}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''How to Remove Through-Hole Components'''{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zjQf0ajBYmM}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Maker Hub Video:''' This video contains specific information for soldering in the Maker Hub as well as a basic overview of what will be expected in your live demonstration.{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4v98_f7JFdo}}&lt;br /&gt;
# &lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire a soldering station. For this procedure, this particular station will be referenced, the Weller WES51.[[File:...solderingiron.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# You can power it on using the switch on the left and control the temperature in °F using the temperature knob on the right. 650-750 °F is a good temperature range to keep it at. When the light is solid green, the iron is not heated up yet. When it is heated to the temperature you set on the temperature knob, it will start blinking green.&lt;br /&gt;
# Before you begin using the soldering iron, wet the sponge! Take it to a sink and drench that boi. This is used to clean the soldering iron continually during use. If you don't make it wet, it will burn up the sponge and smell/look gross, and it won't clean the soldering iron.&lt;br /&gt;
# Now you're ready to use the soldering iron! Refer to the videos in times of doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to complete that video checking off your board!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
# Soldering Irons can get up to 1000 °F. This is really hot, so do not touch it. Any metal thing on the iron is hot. Be sure to hold the iron like a pencil, and ONLY hold it by the handle.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you get burnt, immediately place the burn under cold running cold water for a while. This keeps it from blistering.&lt;br /&gt;
# When not in use, turn off the soldering iron. There's no need to have it blistering hot when it is not being used.&lt;br /&gt;
# &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=23483| Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two things in particular that could keep you from successfully soldering: an untinned tip and a loose tip. If the tip is not shiny silver, then place a little solder on the tip and wipe it on the sponge. Some soldering irons allow there tips to be replaced for the sake of having different shapes. If the iron is not heating up and you are using this type of iron, it is possible that the tip is not inserted into the iron fully. To fix this, grab some pliers, grip the shaft and push it in fully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soldering''' is a process in which two or more items (usually metal) are joined together by melting and putting a filler metal (solder) into the joint, the filler metal having a lower melting point than the adjoining metal. Soldering differs from welding in that soldering does not involve melting the work pieces. In brazing, the filler metal melts at a higher temperature, but the work piece metal does not melt. In the past, nearly all solders contained lead, but environmental and health concerns have increasingly dictated use of lead-free solder for electronics and plumbing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maker Hub Soldering Irons ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ask: &lt;br /&gt;
  [[Is soldering iron equipment::True]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |format=ul&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Weller irons use a resistive tip to generate heat. By varying the power through the tip, the temperature can be controlled. The Metcal uses an inductive tip that is tuned to be at one temperature. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Note: One should never use the abrasive tip tinner on the Metcal tips. This can damage them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Solders ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are different types of solder available in the [[Maker Hub]]. The standard hand solder that is used is a 60/40 blend. When using solder paste, we typically use a 63/37 variety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Media:WellerBetterSolderingBooklet.pdf|Better Soldering Booklet]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* pdf comic book of operations&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soldering is not difficult, but understanding some basic concepts will go a long way toward a successful experience. As part of your training, you will need to read some documentation and watch some videos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Media:WellerBetterSolderingBooklet.pdf|Better Soldering Booklet]]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Videos ===&lt;br /&gt;
After scouring the web for examples of soldering training, we really liked the lessons captured in the [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837 PACE] series, despite the fact that they were filmed in the 80's. These videos are well produced (for something possibly older than your parents) and have a lot of good information. The quizzable information is in the very first, fifth, and sixth videos, but the other videos have great examples of good and bad soldering joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!==&lt;br /&gt;
Another more modern video from [https://www.beautyandthebolt Beauty and the Bolt] is also insightful. TThis video is a little more modern, and a good resource, but not as technically interesting. It talks a bit about desoldering as well as soldering wires together and how to use heat shrink and electrical tape. &lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more modern series is available from [https://www.howcast.com/guides/930-how-to-solder Howcast]. It wouldn't hurt at all to watch this series, but we will just focus on a couple for the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there is an official training video from the [[Maker Hub]] that is tailored to our specific space and equipment. This video will give you the information you need to perform the live solder demonstration required for your soldering certification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PACE Basic Soldering Series ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This nostalgic set of [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837 videos] from PACE are quite old, but surprisingly still quite relevant. The style makes you think that you will be getting ready to watch an old Disney cartoon - you aren't. Don't get disappointed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIT4ra6Mo0s&amp;amp;index=1&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=1s Basic Soldering Lesson 1] - &amp;quot;Solder &amp;amp; Flux&amp;quot; (20:44) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mrhg5A1a1mU&amp;amp;index=2&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 2] - &amp;quot;Soldering To PCB Terminals&amp;quot; (6:50)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_GLeCt_u3U8&amp;amp;index=3&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 3] - &amp;quot;Cup Terminals&amp;quot; (4:19) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hvTiql-ED4A&amp;amp;index=4&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 4] - &amp;quot;Bifurcated Terminals&amp;quot; (2:45) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sN3V8hMiUb4&amp;amp;index=5&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 5] - &amp;quot;Hook and Pierced Terminals&amp;quot; (1:19) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AY5M-lGxvzo&amp;amp;index=6&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 6] - &amp;quot;Component Soldering&amp;quot; (4:33) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VgcPxdnjwt4&amp;amp;index=7&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 7] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits: The DIP-Type Package&amp;quot; (2:36) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sTv3gK9tAKA&amp;amp;index=8&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 8] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits&amp;quot; (1:16) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nq5ngauITsw&amp;amp;index=9&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 9] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits: The Flatpack &amp;amp; Other Planar-mounted Components&amp;quot; (6:20)&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 1 =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the longest of the videos at (20:44), but also packed with the most pertinent information. It provides great background on solder, flux, wetting, and then mechanics of the iron and the joint. We do not have the student handbook that is mentioned. We suspect that you can manage without that.&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some key ideas that you should watch for:&lt;br /&gt;
* What is solder? &lt;br /&gt;
** What temperatures do the different solders melt at?&lt;br /&gt;
* What is flux?&lt;br /&gt;
* What is wetting?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the different aspects of a soldering iron?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIT4ra6Mo0s}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 2-5 =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These videos are worth watching, but they are not essential for this training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mrhg5A1a1mU&amp;amp;index=2&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 2] - &amp;quot;Soldering To PCB Terminals&amp;quot; (6:50)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_GLeCt_u3U8&amp;amp;index=3&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 3] - &amp;quot;Cup Terminals&amp;quot; (4:19) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hvTiql-ED4A&amp;amp;index=4&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 4] - &amp;quot;Bifurcated Terminals&amp;quot; (2:45) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sN3V8hMiUb4&amp;amp;index=5&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 5] - &amp;quot;Hook and Pierced Terminals&amp;quot; (1:19)  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mrhg5A1a1mU&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 3 =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows a good example of melting solder before inserting wire. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_GLeCt_u3U8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 4 =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video is similar to Lesson 2, but again, great examples of good vs. bad solder joints with wire.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hvTiql-ED4A}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 5 =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very short video. Just a different type of wire joint. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sN3V8hMiUb4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 6 =====&lt;br /&gt;
Good explanation of a &amp;quot;semi-clenched&amp;quot; method for soldering an axial-lead component. This technique allows the component to be held in place for soldering without any extra tape or glue (or a potentially burnt finger).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AY5M-lGxvzo}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 7 =====&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the &amp;quot;clenching&amp;quot; idea to an IC. Typically, we will not use this technique, but will instead hold the part and &amp;quot;tack&amp;quot; these same leads with solder - just to hold it. The rest of the video has great examples of IC's being soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VgcPxdnjwt4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 8-9 =====&lt;br /&gt;
We don't normally see too many of these any more, but again, nice examples of good joints that are similar to components we still use.&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than flatpack or planar components, we generally use &amp;quot;surface-mount&amp;quot; now. But, the soldering part is still useful to watch. The techniques are similar. Our PCB's will generally come &amp;quot;pre-tined&amp;quot; and the component leads are already bent, but the rest of the soldering is the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sTv3gK9tAKA&amp;amp;index=8&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 8] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits&amp;quot; (1:16) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nq5ngauITsw&amp;amp;index=9&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 9] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits: The Flatpack &amp;amp; Other Planar-mounted Components&amp;quot; (6:20)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sTv3gK9tAKA}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 9 =====&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than flatpack or planar components, we generally use &amp;quot;surface-mount&amp;quot; now. But, the soldering part is still useful to watch. The techniques are similar. Our PCB's will generally come &amp;quot;pre-tinned&amp;quot; and the component leads are already bent, but the rest of the soldering is the same.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nq5ngauITsw}}&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Howcast How to Solder ====&lt;br /&gt;
This set of [https://www.howcast.com/guides/930-how-to-solder videos] from Howcast is worth watching, but we will only highlight a couple of them here that talk about removing solder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== How to Remove Solder =====&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-lnRf2biz50}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== How to Remove Through-Hole Components =====&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zjQf0ajBYmM}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
==== Beauty and the Bolt ====&lt;br /&gt;
Not as technical, but there are some good tips for soldering different things here, as well as desoldering things. There are also a couple of items that should be addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
* When soldering the vector board, she does not use flux. This works as the surfaces are clean and there is flux in the rosin-core solder she is using. However, using flux is always recommended. &lt;br /&gt;
* She shows how to solder solid-core wire together and then she uses [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heat-shrink_tubing heatshrink tubing]] to cover the joint. Heatshrink is a wonderful thing, and the way that she used it was correct. However, the method she used only works well if the wire is not connected to other things. Often, the wires are connected on either end, and the splice is being performed to complete a connection. If one waits until after soldering before adding the heatshrink, it ... uh ... no worky. The heatshrink should be put on first, run down the wire out of the way, and then the wire can be twisted and soldered. After it cools, slide the heatshrink up and use the heat gun to shrink it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZwU9SqO0udU}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Maker Hub Video ====&lt;br /&gt;
This video contains specific information for soldering in the Maker Hub as well as a basic overview of what will be expected in your live demonstration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4v98_f7JFdo}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Certification ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== FoxTale Course ====&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain certification for using the soldering irons in the Maker Hub, you will need to complete the [https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=23483 Foxtale course: Maker Hub - Soldering Iron]. This course contains a quiz with questions from the videos. When the quiz has been completed, you can sign up to perform the soldering demonstration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Demonstration ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the live demonstration you will receive a small PCB and a few components and will be required to solder the components to the circuit board. The circuit kit contains a 555 timer IC, 3 resistors, a capacitor, and LED, and a 9V battery connector. When completed, the system will slowly blink the LED. The schematic of the circuit is shown below. To find pin 1 of an IC, reference the [https://www.evilmadscientist.com/2010/basics-finding-pin-1 internet].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Components ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:blinkypcb.jpg|[[Media:Blinky.zip|PCB]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:ne555.png|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/texas-instruments/NE555P/296-1411-5-ND/277057 555 timer]&lt;br /&gt;
File:res1k.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/stackpole-electronics-inc/CF14JT1K00/CF14JT1K00CT-ND/1830350 1 K&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;Omega;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;Omega;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; resistor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:res470k.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/stackpole-electronics-inc/CF14JT470K/CF14JT470KCT-ND/1830415 470 K&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;Omega;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;Omega;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; resistor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:cap1uF.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/UVP1H010MDD1TD/493-12697-1-ND/4328314?utm_campaign=buynow&amp;amp;WT.z_cid=ref_octopart_dkc_buynow&amp;amp;utm_medium=aggregator&amp;amp;curr=usd&amp;amp;site=us&amp;amp;utm_source=octopart 1 &amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;mu;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;mu;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;F capacitor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:red_led.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/lite-on-inc/LTL-4223/160-1127-ND/200395 red LED]&lt;br /&gt;
File:battcon.jpg|[https://www.xump.com/science/9V-Battery-Snap-Connector-Leads.cfm?SID=12&amp;amp;gclid=EAIaIQobChMI04mUoZaF2QIVAm5-Ch0pDgDrEAQYAiABEgKI1_D_BwE 9V Battery connector]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Blinking LED Circuit.gif|Completed PCB&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Schematic ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:soldering_course_circuit.jpg|left|500px|Blinking LED schematic]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
==== Working Circuit ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Blinking_LED_Circuit.gif|left|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Soldering_Irons&amp;diff=5525</id>
		<title>Soldering Irons</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Soldering_Irons&amp;diff=5525"/>
		<updated>2019-08-16T00:03:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=The Hub&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Electronics&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has function=Soldering Iron&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:soldering_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Soldering Iron&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:soldering.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Soldering a component&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=Soldering is a process in which two or more items (usually metal) are joined together by melting and putting a filler metal (solder) into the joint&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=23483&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Weller&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=WES51&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has group=Circuit Board Design&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Mitchell Wagner;mwagner16@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soldering''' is a process in which two or more items (usually metal) are joined together by melting and putting a filler metal (solder) into the joint, the filler metal having a lower melting point than the adjoining metal. Soldering differs from welding in that soldering does not involve melting the work pieces. In brazing, the filler metal melts at a higher temperature, but the work piece metal does not melt. In the past, nearly all solders contained lead, but environmental and health concerns have increasingly dictated use of lead-free solder for electronics and plumbing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is an example of this piece of equipment being used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert video media here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:SolderingTips.jpg|Soldering Tip&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Solder.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Flux.jpg|Flux&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Soldering Iron is an amazing tool that allows us to construct circuits with sturdy connections between components. The detailed steps to do this can be found in videos on the Description section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before using a Soldering Station, students will need to read some documentation, watch some videos, and pass a quiz on Foxtale. Upon completion, students will be given the following PCB and components to assemble the circuit below. Upon completion, they will have the PCB Lab volunteers assess their work and confirm operation. The deliverable will include a video of the working device and a crisp &amp;quot;Thumbs Up&amp;quot; from the PCB Lab Volunteer to assure that the student successfully completed the task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:blinkypcb.jpg|[[Media:Blinky.zip|PCB]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:ne555.png|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/texas-instruments/NE555P/296-1411-5-ND/277057 555 timer]&lt;br /&gt;
File:res1k.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/stackpole-electronics-inc/CF14JT1K00/CF14JT1K00CT-ND/1830350 1 K&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;Omega;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;Omega;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; resistor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:res470k.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/stackpole-electronics-inc/CF14JT470K/CF14JT470KCT-ND/1830415 470 K&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;Omega;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;Omega;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; resistor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:cap1uF.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/UVP1H010MDD1TD/493-12697-1-ND/4328314?utm_campaign=buynow&amp;amp;WT.z_cid=ref_octopart_dkc_buynow&amp;amp;utm_medium=aggregator&amp;amp;curr=usd&amp;amp;site=us&amp;amp;utm_source=octopart 1 &amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;mu;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;mu;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;F capacitor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:red_led.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/lite-on-inc/LTL-4223/160-1127-ND/200395 red LED]&lt;br /&gt;
File:battcon.jpg|[https://www.xump.com/science/9V-Battery-Snap-Connector-Leads.cfm?SID=12&amp;amp;gclid=EAIaIQobChMI04mUoZaF2QIVAm5-Ch0pDgDrEAQYAiABEgKI1_D_BwE 9V Battery connector]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Blinking LED Circuit.gif|Completed PCB&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Soldering_course_circuit.jpg|none|thumb|583x583px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# First things first, you need to learn how to use the soldering irons! Soldering is not difficult, but understanding some basic concepts will go a long way toward a successful experience. As part of your training, you will need to read some documentation and watch some videos.&lt;br /&gt;
# After scouring the web for examples of soldering training, we really liked the lessons captured in the [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837 PACE] series, despite the fact that they were filmed in the 80's. These videos are well produced (for something possibly older than your parents) and have a lot of good information. The quizzable information is in the very first, fifth, and sixth videos, but the other videos have great examples of good and bad soldering joints. Another more modern video from [https://www.beautyandthebolt Beauty and the Bolt] is also insightful. TThis video is a little more modern, and a good resource, but not as technically interesting. It talks a bit about desoldering as well as soldering wires together and how to use heat shrink and electrical tape. A more modern series is available from [https://www.howcast.com/guides/930-how-to-solder Howcast]. It wouldn't hurt at all to watch this series, but we will just focus on a couple for the quiz. Finally, there is an official training video from the [[Maker Hub]] that is tailored to our specific space and equipment. This video will give you the information you need to perform the live solder demonstration required for your soldering certification.&lt;br /&gt;
# This nostalgic set of [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837 videos] from PACE are quite old, but surprisingly still quite relevant. The style makes you think that you will be getting ready to watch an old Disney cartoon - you aren't. Don't get disappointed.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 1:''' This is by far the longest of the videos at (20:44), but also packed with the most pertinent information. It provides great background on solder, flux, wetting, and then mechanics of the iron and the joint. We do not have the student handbook that is mentioned. We suspect that you can manage without that. Here are some key ideas that you should watch for:&lt;br /&gt;
## What is solder? What temperatures do the different solders melt at?&lt;br /&gt;
## What is flux?&lt;br /&gt;
## What is wetting?&lt;br /&gt;
## What are the different aspects of a soldering iron?{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIT4ra6Mo0s}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 2-5:''' These videos are worth watching, but they are not essential for this training.&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mrhg5A1a1mU&amp;amp;index=2&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 2] - &amp;quot;Soldering To PCB Terminals&amp;quot; (6:50)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_GLeCt_u3U8&amp;amp;index=3&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 3] - &amp;quot;Cup Terminals&amp;quot; (4:19)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hvTiql-ED4A&amp;amp;index=4&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 4] - &amp;quot;Bifurcated Terminals&amp;quot; (2:45)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sN3V8hMiUb4&amp;amp;index=5&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 5] - &amp;quot;Hook and Pierced Terminals&amp;quot; (1:19)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 6:''' Good explanation of a &amp;quot;semi-clenched&amp;quot; method for soldering an axial-lead component. This technique allows the component to be held in place for soldering without any extra tape or glue (or a potentially burnt finger).{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AY5M-lGxvzo}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 7:''' Applying the &amp;quot;clenching&amp;quot; idea to an IC. Typically, we will not use this technique, but will instead hold the part and &amp;quot;tack&amp;quot; these same leads with solder - just to hold it. The rest of the video has great examples of IC's being soldered.{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VgcPxdnjwt4}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Basic Soldering Lesson 8-9:''' We don't normally see too many of these any more, but again, nice examples of good joints that are similar to components we still use. Rather than flatpack or planar components, we generally use &amp;quot;surface-mount&amp;quot; now. But, the soldering part is still useful to watch. The techniques are similar. Our PCB's will generally come &amp;quot;pre-tined&amp;quot; and the component leads are already bent, but the rest of the soldering is the same.&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sTv3gK9tAKA&amp;amp;index=8&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 8] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits&amp;quot; (1:16)&lt;br /&gt;
## [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nq5ngauITsw&amp;amp;index=9&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 9] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits: The Flatpack &amp;amp; Other Planar-mounted Components&amp;quot; (6:20)&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Howcast How to Solder:''' This set of [https://www.howcast.com/guides/930-how-to-solder videos] from Howcast is worth watching, but we will only highlight a couple of them here that talk about removing solder.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''How to Remove Solder'''{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-lnRf2biz50}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''How to Remove Through-Hole Components'''{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zjQf0ajBYmM}}&lt;br /&gt;
# '''Maker Hub Video:''' This video contains specific information for soldering in the Maker Hub as well as a basic overview of what will be expected in your live demonstration.{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4v98_f7JFdo}}&lt;br /&gt;
# &lt;br /&gt;
# Acquire a soldering station. For this procedure, this particular station will be referenced, the Weller WES51.[[File:...solderingiron.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
# You can power it on using the switch on the left and control the temperature in °F using the temperature knob on the right. 650-750 °F is a good temperature range to keep it at. When the light is solid green, the iron is not heated up yet. When it is heated to the temperature you set on the temperature knob, it will start blinking green.&lt;br /&gt;
# Before you begin using the soldering iron, wet the sponge! Take it to a sink and drench that boi. This is used to clean the soldering iron continually during use. If you don't make it wet, it will burn up the sponge and smell/look gross, and it won't clean the soldering iron.&lt;br /&gt;
# Now you're ready to use the soldering iron! Refer to the videos in times of doubt. &lt;br /&gt;
# Don't forget to complete that video checking off your board!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
# Soldering Irons can get up to 1000 °F. This is really hot, so do not touch it. Any metal thing on the iron is hot. Be sure to hold the iron like a pencil, and ONLY hold it by the handle.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you get burnt, immediately place the burn under cold running cold water for a while. This keeps it from blistering.&lt;br /&gt;
# When not in use, turn off the soldering iron. There's no need to have it blistering hot when it is not being used.&lt;br /&gt;
# &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=23483| Foxtale Course]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two things in particular that could keep you from successfully soldering: an untinned tip and a loose tip. If the tip is not shiny silver, then place a little solder on the tip and wipe it on the sponge. Some soldering irons allow there tips to be replaced for the sake of having different shapes. If the iron is not heating up and you are using this type of iron, it is possible that the tip is not inserted into the iron fully. To fix this, grab some pliers, grip the shaft and push it in fully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Soldering''' is a process in which two or more items (usually metal) are joined together by melting and putting a filler metal (solder) into the joint, the filler metal having a lower melting point than the adjoining metal. Soldering differs from welding in that soldering does not involve melting the work pieces. In brazing, the filler metal melts at a higher temperature, but the work piece metal does not melt. In the past, nearly all solders contained lead, but environmental and health concerns have increasingly dictated use of lead-free solder for electronics and plumbing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maker Hub Soldering Irons ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ask: &lt;br /&gt;
  [[Is soldering iron equipment::True]]&lt;br /&gt;
  |format=ul&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Weller irons use a resistive tip to generate heat. By varying the power through the tip, the temperature can be controlled. The Metcal uses an inductive tip that is tuned to be at one temperature. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Note: One should never use the abrasive tip tinner on the Metcal tips. This can damage them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Solders ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are different types of solder available in the [[Maker Hub]]. The standard hand solder that is used is a 60/40 blend. When using solder paste, we typically use a 63/37 variety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Media:WellerBetterSolderingBooklet.pdf|Better Soldering Booklet]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* pdf comic book of operations&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soldering is not difficult, but understanding some basic concepts will go a long way toward a successful experience. As part of your training, you will need to read some documentation and watch some videos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Media:WellerBetterSolderingBooklet.pdf|Better Soldering Booklet]]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Videos ===&lt;br /&gt;
After scouring the web for examples of soldering training, we really liked the lessons captured in the [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837 PACE] series, despite the fact that they were filmed in the 80's. These videos are well produced (for something possibly older than your parents) and have a lot of good information. The quizzable information is in the very first, fifth, and sixth videos, but the other videos have great examples of good and bad soldering joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!==&lt;br /&gt;
Another more modern video from [https://www.beautyandthebolt Beauty and the Bolt] is also insightful. TThis video is a little more modern, and a good resource, but not as technically interesting. It talks a bit about desoldering as well as soldering wires together and how to use heat shrink and electrical tape. &lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more modern series is available from [https://www.howcast.com/guides/930-how-to-solder Howcast]. It wouldn't hurt at all to watch this series, but we will just focus on a couple for the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there is an official training video from the [[Maker Hub]] that is tailored to our specific space and equipment. This video will give you the information you need to perform the live solder demonstration required for your soldering certification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PACE Basic Soldering Series ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This nostalgic set of [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837 videos] from PACE are quite old, but surprisingly still quite relevant. The style makes you think that you will be getting ready to watch an old Disney cartoon - you aren't. Don't get disappointed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIT4ra6Mo0s&amp;amp;index=1&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=1s Basic Soldering Lesson 1] - &amp;quot;Solder &amp;amp; Flux&amp;quot; (20:44) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mrhg5A1a1mU&amp;amp;index=2&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 2] - &amp;quot;Soldering To PCB Terminals&amp;quot; (6:50)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_GLeCt_u3U8&amp;amp;index=3&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 3] - &amp;quot;Cup Terminals&amp;quot; (4:19) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hvTiql-ED4A&amp;amp;index=4&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 4] - &amp;quot;Bifurcated Terminals&amp;quot; (2:45) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sN3V8hMiUb4&amp;amp;index=5&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 5] - &amp;quot;Hook and Pierced Terminals&amp;quot; (1:19) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AY5M-lGxvzo&amp;amp;index=6&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 6] - &amp;quot;Component Soldering&amp;quot; (4:33) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VgcPxdnjwt4&amp;amp;index=7&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 7] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits: The DIP-Type Package&amp;quot; (2:36) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sTv3gK9tAKA&amp;amp;index=8&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 8] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits&amp;quot; (1:16) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nq5ngauITsw&amp;amp;index=9&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 9] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits: The Flatpack &amp;amp; Other Planar-mounted Components&amp;quot; (6:20)&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 1 =====&lt;br /&gt;
This is by far the longest of the videos at (20:44), but also packed with the most pertinent information. It provides great background on solder, flux, wetting, and then mechanics of the iron and the joint. We do not have the student handbook that is mentioned. We suspect that you can manage without that.&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some key ideas that you should watch for:&lt;br /&gt;
* What is solder? &lt;br /&gt;
** What temperatures do the different solders melt at?&lt;br /&gt;
* What is flux?&lt;br /&gt;
* What is wetting?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the different aspects of a soldering iron?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIT4ra6Mo0s}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 2-5 =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These videos are worth watching, but they are not essential for this training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mrhg5A1a1mU&amp;amp;index=2&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 2] - &amp;quot;Soldering To PCB Terminals&amp;quot; (6:50)&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_GLeCt_u3U8&amp;amp;index=3&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 3] - &amp;quot;Cup Terminals&amp;quot; (4:19) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hvTiql-ED4A&amp;amp;index=4&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 4] - &amp;quot;Bifurcated Terminals&amp;quot; (2:45) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sN3V8hMiUb4&amp;amp;index=5&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 5] - &amp;quot;Hook and Pierced Terminals&amp;quot; (1:19)  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mrhg5A1a1mU&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 3 =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows a good example of melting solder before inserting wire. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_GLeCt_u3U8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 4 =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video is similar to Lesson 2, but again, great examples of good vs. bad solder joints with wire.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hvTiql-ED4A}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 5 =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very short video. Just a different type of wire joint. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sN3V8hMiUb4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 6 =====&lt;br /&gt;
Good explanation of a &amp;quot;semi-clenched&amp;quot; method for soldering an axial-lead component. This technique allows the component to be held in place for soldering without any extra tape or glue (or a potentially burnt finger).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AY5M-lGxvzo}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 7 =====&lt;br /&gt;
Applying the &amp;quot;clenching&amp;quot; idea to an IC. Typically, we will not use this technique, but will instead hold the part and &amp;quot;tack&amp;quot; these same leads with solder - just to hold it. The rest of the video has great examples of IC's being soldered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VgcPxdnjwt4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 8-9 =====&lt;br /&gt;
We don't normally see too many of these any more, but again, nice examples of good joints that are similar to components we still use.&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than flatpack or planar components, we generally use &amp;quot;surface-mount&amp;quot; now. But, the soldering part is still useful to watch. The techniques are similar. Our PCB's will generally come &amp;quot;pre-tined&amp;quot; and the component leads are already bent, but the rest of the soldering is the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sTv3gK9tAKA&amp;amp;index=8&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 8] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits&amp;quot; (1:16) &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nq5ngauITsw&amp;amp;index=9&amp;amp;list=PL926EC0F1F93C1837&amp;amp;t=0s Basic Soldering Lesson 9] - &amp;quot;Integrated Circuits: The Flatpack &amp;amp; Other Planar-mounted Components&amp;quot; (6:20)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sTv3gK9tAKA}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Basic Soldering Lesson 9 =====&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than flatpack or planar components, we generally use &amp;quot;surface-mount&amp;quot; now. But, the soldering part is still useful to watch. The techniques are similar. Our PCB's will generally come &amp;quot;pre-tinned&amp;quot; and the component leads are already bent, but the rest of the soldering is the same.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nq5ngauITsw}}&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Howcast How to Solder ====&lt;br /&gt;
This set of [https://www.howcast.com/guides/930-how-to-solder videos] from Howcast is worth watching, but we will only highlight a couple of them here that talk about removing solder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== How to Remove Solder =====&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-lnRf2biz50}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== How to Remove Through-Hole Components =====&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zjQf0ajBYmM}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
==== Beauty and the Bolt ====&lt;br /&gt;
Not as technical, but there are some good tips for soldering different things here, as well as desoldering things. There are also a couple of items that should be addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
* When soldering the vector board, she does not use flux. This works as the surfaces are clean and there is flux in the rosin-core solder she is using. However, using flux is always recommended. &lt;br /&gt;
* She shows how to solder solid-core wire together and then she uses [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heat-shrink_tubing heatshrink tubing]] to cover the joint. Heatshrink is a wonderful thing, and the way that she used it was correct. However, the method she used only works well if the wire is not connected to other things. Often, the wires are connected on either end, and the splice is being performed to complete a connection. If one waits until after soldering before adding the heatshrink, it ... uh ... no worky. The heatshrink should be put on first, run down the wire out of the way, and then the wire can be twisted and soldered. After it cools, slide the heatshrink up and use the heat gun to shrink it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZwU9SqO0udU}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Maker Hub Video ====&lt;br /&gt;
This video contains specific information for soldering in the Maker Hub as well as a basic overview of what will be expected in your live demonstration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4v98_f7JFdo}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Certification ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== FoxTale Course ====&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain certification for using the soldering irons in the Maker Hub, you will need to complete the [https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=23483 Foxtale course: Maker Hub - Soldering Iron]. This course contains a quiz with questions from the videos. When the quiz has been completed, you can sign up to perform the soldering demonstration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Demonstration ====&lt;br /&gt;
For the live demonstration you will receive a small PCB and a few components and will be required to solder the components to the circuit board. The circuit kit contains a 555 timer IC, 3 resistors, a capacitor, and LED, and a 9V battery connector. When completed, the system will slowly blink the LED. The schematic of the circuit is shown below. To find pin 1 of an IC, reference the [https://www.evilmadscientist.com/2010/basics-finding-pin-1 internet].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Components ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:blinkypcb.jpg|[[Media:Blinky.zip|PCB]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:ne555.png|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/texas-instruments/NE555P/296-1411-5-ND/277057 555 timer]&lt;br /&gt;
File:res1k.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/stackpole-electronics-inc/CF14JT1K00/CF14JT1K00CT-ND/1830350 1 K&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;Omega;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;Omega;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; resistor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:res470k.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/stackpole-electronics-inc/CF14JT470K/CF14JT470KCT-ND/1830415 470 K&amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;Omega;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;Omega;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; resistor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:cap1uF.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/UVP1H010MDD1TD/493-12697-1-ND/4328314?utm_campaign=buynow&amp;amp;WT.z_cid=ref_octopart_dkc_buynow&amp;amp;utm_medium=aggregator&amp;amp;curr=usd&amp;amp;site=us&amp;amp;utm_source=octopart 1 &amp;lt;span title=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;amp;mu;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;mu;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;F capacitor]&lt;br /&gt;
File:red_led.jpg|[https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/lite-on-inc/LTL-4223/160-1127-ND/200395 red LED]&lt;br /&gt;
File:battcon.jpg|[https://www.xump.com/science/9V-Battery-Snap-Connector-Leads.cfm?SID=12&amp;amp;gclid=EAIaIQobChMI04mUoZaF2QIVAm5-Ch0pDgDrEAQYAiABEgKI1_D_BwE 9V Battery connector]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Blinking LED Circuit.gif|Completed PCB&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Schematic ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:soldering_course_circuit.jpg|left|500px|Blinking LED schematic]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
==== Working Circuit ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Blinking_LED_Circuit.gif|left|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:Solder.jpg&amp;diff=5524</id>
		<title>File:Solder.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:Solder.jpg&amp;diff=5524"/>
		<updated>2019-08-16T00:02:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Solder&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5523</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5523"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T23:57:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bandsaw is generally defined as a saw blade in the form of an endless steel band that rotates around two or more wheels. This blade is a continuous metal band with teeth on one side. As the wheels rotate, so does the band, which creates the continuous sawing action. Because the direction of the blade is always downward toward the table, there is little danger (except for special cuts) that the wood will be thrown back at the operator, which is called a kickback. For safety reasons many woodworkers prefer the bandsaw especially when cutting small pieces. The unique feature of the bandsaw is that the workpiece can be rotated around the blade creating a curve. It is the tool most often used when curves have to be cut in wood. Because the bandsaw blade is fairly thin, it can cut thick stock with a minimum of horsepower. For this reason the bandsaw is often used when valuable pieces of wood are made into a thin piece of veneer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the bandsaw is usually associated with cutting curves, a variety of straight cuts are easily made with the saw. In fact, it is often used to rip wood because it is much safer than a radial arm saw and also has a smaller saw cut, so it wastes less wood. This becomes very important when using expensive wood where waste must be kept to a minimum. The cut is safer because the force of the cut is straight down on the table; the work cannot be pulled back or kicked back, which sometimes happens with table or radial arm saws. The bandsaw can also cut very thick stock, which the radial arm, or table saw cannot do. The disadvantage of cutting with the bandsaw is that the surface finish of the cut is not as good as with the table or radial arm saw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert video media here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert terminology here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5522</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5522"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T23:52:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Description Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is an example of this piece of equipment being used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert video media here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert terminology here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5521</id>
		<title>Vertical Wood Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Wood_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5521"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T23:51:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Wood&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:wood_bandsaw_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Wood bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:wood_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:wood_bandsaw.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Laguna Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=14 bx&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Becca Moos;bmoos15@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|375px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Description Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is an example of this piece of equipment being used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert video media here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert terminology here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Description Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terminology:'''&lt;br /&gt;
kdshgo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Overview'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''General Use'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5514</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5514"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T18:19:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Safety */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You're going to make a snowman out of some wood! The goal is to smooth it into 3 spheres that look like a snowman, no additional accessories like carrot noses and top hats are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.[[File:...woodLathe1.png|300x300px|thumb|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured![[File:...woodLathe2.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.[[File:...woodLathe3.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start with the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done. Reset the space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Do not wear anything that could possibly get caught in the lathe, like bracelets, lanyards, hair below the shoulders, etc. We'd rather you not spin at 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, ask someone what to do. The shop supervisors are skilled and are glad to give advice. Additionally, no one wants to deal with anyone getting hurt, so lets do everything we can to prevent that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common issue with safety is digging the chisel in too hard. If it is dug in too hard, it can get caught in the wood and get shot across the shop. This is another instance we would love to avoid, but learning what is considered &amp;quot;too hard&amp;quot; comes from practice. Asking a shop supervisor to watch you and tell you how much pressure is good enough is a great route to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
If the lathe is sounding funny, tell the shop volunteer/supervisor so we can get that checked out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you feel like you're losing grip on the chisel while shaving it down, chances are that you are digging in too hard. Lighten up a little, and be patient. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it doesn't seem to be cutting well, first check the tool's sharpness before digging in deeper. If the tool is not sharp, notify the shop volunteer/supervisor and grab another chisel that is sharp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe has few items that need to be maintained by the student or the Ace. Refer to the table below to see each procedure, how often it should occur, and the the last completion of the specific task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning, vacuum shavings and dust&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Check tightness of bolts, lubricate with 1 or 2 drops of lightweight oil on tailstock quill threads, index pin, and Toolslide camshaft and Toolslide front camshaft bore&lt;br /&gt;
|Monthly&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lubricate tailstock Slot with 1 or 2 drops of lightweight oil&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 6 Months&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5507</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5507"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:38:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Safety */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You're going to make a snowman out of some wood! The goal is to smooth it into 3 spheres that look like a snowman, no additional accessories like carrot noses and top hats are necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.[[File:...woodLathe1.png|300x300px|thumb|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured![[File:...woodLathe2.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.[[File:...woodLathe3.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done. Reset the space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Do not wear anything that could possibly get caught in the lathe, like bracelets, lanyards, hair below the shoulders, etc. We'd rather you not spin at 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, ask someone what to do. The shop supervisors are skilled and are glad to give advice. Additionally, no one wants to deal with anyone getting hurt, so lets do everything we can to prevent that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common issue with safety is digging the chisel in too hard. If it is dug in too hard, it can get caught in the wood and get shot across the shop. This is another instance we would love to avoid, but learning what is considered &amp;quot;too hard&amp;quot; comes from practice. Asking a shop supervisor to watch you and tell you how much pressure is good enough is a great route to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
If the lathe is sounding funny, tell the shop volunteer/supervisor so we can get that checked out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you feel like you're losing grip on the chisel while shaving it down, chances are that you are digging in too hard. Lighten up a little, and be patient. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it doesn't seem to be cutting well, first check the tool's sharpness before digging in deeper. If the tool is not sharp, notify the shop volunteer/supervisor and grab another chisel that is sharp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe has few items that need to be maintained by the student or the Ace. Refer to the table below to see each procedure, how often it should occur, and the the last completion of the specific task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning, vacuum shavings and dust&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Check tightness of bolts, lubricate with 1 or 2 drops of lightweight oil on tailstock quill threads, index pin, and Toolslide camshaft and Toolslide front camshaft bore&lt;br /&gt;
|Monthly&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lubricate tailstock Slot with 1 or 2 drops of lightweight oil&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 6 Months&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5503</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5503"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:29:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.[[File:...woodLathe1.png|300x300px|thumb|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured![[File:...woodLathe2.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.[[File:...woodLathe3.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, ask someone what to do. The shop supervisors are skilled and are glad to give advice. Additionally, no one wants to deal with anyone getting hurt, so lets do everything we can to prevent that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common issue with safety is digging the chisel in too hard. If it is dug in too hard, it can get caught in the wood and get shot across the shop. This is another instance we would love to avoid, but learning what is considered &amp;quot;too hard&amp;quot; comes from practice. Asking a shop supervisor to watch you and tell you how much pressure is good enough is a great route to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe has few items that need to be maintained by the student or the Ace. Refer to the table below to see each procedure, how often it should occur, and the the last completion of the specific task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning, vacuum shavings and dust&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Check tightness of bolts, lubricate with 1 or 2 drops of lightweight oil on tailstock quill threads, index pin, and Toolslide camshaft and Toolslide front camshaft bore&lt;br /&gt;
|Monthly&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lubricate tailstock Slot with 1 or 2 drops of lightweight oil&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 6 Months&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5502</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5502"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:29:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.[[File:...woodLathe1.png|300x300px|thumb|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured![[File:...woodLathe2.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.[[File:...woodLathe3.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, ask someone what to do. The shop supervisors are skilled and are glad to give advice. Additionally, no one wants to deal with anyone getting hurt, so lets do everything we can to prevent that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common issue with safety is digging the chisel in too hard. If it is dug in too hard, it can get caught in the wood and get shot across the shop. This is another instance we would love to avoid, but learning what is considered &amp;quot;too hard&amp;quot; comes from practice. Asking a shop supervisor to watch you and tell you how much pressure is good enough is a great route to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe has few items that need to be maintained by the student or the Ace. Refer to the table below to see each procedure, how often it should occur, and the the last completion of the specific task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning, vacuum shavings and dust&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Check tightness of bolts, lubricate with 1 or 2 drops of lightweight oil on tailstock quill threads, index pin, and Toolslide camshaft and Toolslide front camshaft bore&lt;br /&gt;
|Monthly&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lubricate tailstock Slot with 1 or 2 drops of lightweight oil&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 6 Months&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}__TOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5501</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5501"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:28:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* General Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.[[File:...woodLathe1.png|300x300px|thumb|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured![[File:...woodLathe2.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.[[File:...woodLathe3.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, ask someone what to do. The shop supervisors are skilled and are glad to give advice. Additionally, no one wants to deal with anyone getting hurt, so lets do everything we can to prevent that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common issue with safety is digging the chisel in too hard. If it is dug in too hard, it can get caught in the wood and get shot across the shop. This is another instance we would love to avoid, but learning what is considered &amp;quot;too hard&amp;quot; comes from practice. Asking a shop supervisor to watch you and tell you how much pressure is good enough is a great route to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe has few items that need to be maintained by the student or the Ace. Refer to the table below to see each procedure, how often it should occur, and the the last completion of the specific task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning, vacuum shavings and dust&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Check tightness of bolts, lubricate with 1 or 2 drops of lightweight oil on tailstock quill threads, index pin, and Toolslide camshaft and Toolslide front camshaft bore&lt;br /&gt;
|Monthly&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lubricate tailstock Slot with 1 or 2 drops of lightweight oil&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 6 Months&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}__TOC__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodLathe3.png&amp;diff=5500</id>
		<title>File:...woodLathe3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodLathe3.png&amp;diff=5500"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:14:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;woodLathe3&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodLathe2.png&amp;diff=5499</id>
		<title>File:...woodLathe2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodLathe2.png&amp;diff=5499"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:12:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;woodLathe2&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5498</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5498"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:11:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* General Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.[[File:...woodLathe1.png|300x300px|thumb|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured!&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5497</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5497"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:10:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* General Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodLathe1.png|300x300px|thumb|Left]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured!&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5496</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5496"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:10:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* General Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodLathe1.png|300x300px|thumb|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured!&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5495</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5495"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:09:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* General Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:...woodLathe1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured!&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5494</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5494"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:09:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* General Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.&lt;br /&gt;
File:...woodLathe1.png&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured!&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5493</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5493"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:08:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.&lt;br /&gt;
File:...woodLathe1&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured!&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5492</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5492"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:06:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* General Procedure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe and ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock and place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center and turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place. Now your piece is secured!&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head. It will start to spin&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be at a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodLathe1.png&amp;diff=5491</id>
		<title>File:...woodLathe1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:...woodLathe1.png&amp;diff=5491"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T17:04:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;dfs&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5490</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5490"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T16:59:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Terminology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spindle: The spinning part&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chisel: The cutting tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tool Rest: The bar to help hold the tool in place&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.teknatool.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/566-Galaxi-DVR-1644-manual_FINAL-Remote-II_23.July_.2018.pdf User Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# Get your stock at whatever size you need for your project, and make it square stock so that all sides are the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mark the center of both ends and use a punch to indent on the middle of both ends. This helps the lathe to spin it at its center.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make sure to use the two point centers on the lathe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure the motor head is tight on the rails. It would be very unfortunate to have your piece fly off&lt;br /&gt;
# Move the end head to a distance longer than your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Place one end of the stock on the motor head center, lining up the punch hole with the center point.&lt;br /&gt;
# Spin the handle on the back of the end head until the other center lines up with the punch hole on the other side of your stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rotate the handle and extra couple turns to push the stock into the motor head center.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn the red handle to hold the spindle in place.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine with the red switch on the side of the motor head.&lt;br /&gt;
# The metal tool rest should be a a height so that the tool on top of the rest will be cutting at the middle of the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tool rest should be placed as close to the stock as possible where the stock can still spin freely without hitting the tool rest.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the spindle at about 750 rpm.&lt;br /&gt;
# Use the gouge to slowly begin chipping away the wood. Make sure the chisel to pressed firmly into the tool rest and you are holding the bottom of the handle tight into your core.&lt;br /&gt;
# Slowly push the chisel up until it begins chipping at the wood.&lt;br /&gt;
# Start the the high parts of the piece or towards the middle if it’s all even, and move the chisel towards the end, chipping away little bits of wood at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# Smooth out the wood, chipping away until you make a cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you have the cylinder, choose one side to be the head.&lt;br /&gt;
# Gradually narrow down to a cone shape, then cut away material to make the three spheres of the snowman’s body.&lt;br /&gt;
# After the shape is done, sand the piece, progressively finer grit until smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Take the piece off, cut any remaining material and sand the mount points smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
# Yay, done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5489</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5489"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T16:44:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert terminology here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5488</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5488"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T16:44:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3FmORZVfm4}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert terminology here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5487</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5487"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T16:39:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert video media here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert terminology here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5486</id>
		<title>Wood Lathe</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Wood_Lathe&amp;diff=5486"/>
		<updated>2019-08-15T16:38:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Wood Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:Wood Lathe.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:Wood Lathe Photo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Nova&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Galaxi DVR 1644&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Josh Young;youngj17@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Description Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is an example of this piece of equipment being used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert video media here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert terminology here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|Sample&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wood lathe is a machine very similar to the metal lathe in the machine shop. It spins a piece of stock at a variable speed, and lets the turner create round objects. Unlike the metal lathe, there is not a cutter secured to the machine that is moved into place to cut. On the wood lathe, a turner will instead use long handled chisels to carve away the wood. Another difference is that for most projects, the wood is not clamped down in a found vise like the machining lathe, instead, two free-spinning center points on each side of the piece clamp the wood between them and hold it centered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a wide variety of projects that can be done on the wood lathe, some easier than others, and all requiring a different need for skills and tools. This makes it hard sometimes to provide a common set of instructions, however, there some general safety rules and instructions for use that are used in any project on the lathe. The lathe can be fun to work with, but always remember, safety first.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Milling_Machine&amp;diff=5482</id>
		<title>Milling Machine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Milling_Machine&amp;diff=5482"/>
		<updated>2019-08-13T17:46:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility= Machine Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Metal&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has redirect={{FULLPAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=File:milling_machine_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Milling machine icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:milling_machine_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:milling_machine.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Bridge Port Mill&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has certification=&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=Bridgeport&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=Series I&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Jacob Bodge;jbodge14@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bridgeport Series 1 Mill is a vertical mill used to mill various materials into desired shapes and sizes. It can also be used to perform special functions such as drilling, chamfering, reaming, fly cutting, and many more. Some examples of items made from mills are piston bore holes, valve plates, gears, and even your own tools. This is done by using a rotary cutter to remove material by advancing a cutter into a work piece in  varying direction along three axes. Milling covers a wide variety of different operations and machines, on scales from small individual parts to large, heavy-duty gang milling operations. It is one of the most commonly used processes for machining custom parts to precise tolerances. The video below shows a part being machined by a CNC mill which is a computer driven mill, but still demonstrates the milling process. &lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8cp4eCXnc4Q}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
* Spindle - The rotating shaft, driven by the motor, that holds the cutting tools.&lt;br /&gt;
* Quill - The part of the vertical milling machine that raises and lowers cutting tools held in the spindle.&lt;br /&gt;
* Endmill - A common machining tool having cutting teeth on the end of a cylindrical shank and usually spiral blades on the lateral surface. Because of this geometry it can cut in any direction. &lt;br /&gt;
* Facing - The process of cutting a flat surface perpendicular to the axes of the milling cutter. Often this is done on the initial piece of raw stock as the first step in the milling process.  &lt;br /&gt;
* Deburring - To neaten and smooth the rough edges or ridges of a part after it has been machined.   &lt;br /&gt;
* Edge finding - The process of using an edge finder to align the coordinate system of the mill with the corner of your part.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== [https://www.hardinge.com/wp-content/uploads/KneeMill-Complete-Manual.pdf User Manual] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the demonstration, you will face a piece of aluminum stock, drill a hole in the center, ream the hole, and deburr all of the edges. Reference the video below to see what this should look like. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
This video contains specific information for using the Mills in the Maker Hub as well as a basic overview of what will be expected in your live demonstration.{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IJjXAxYH9TA}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Safety ==&lt;br /&gt;
Insert text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://foxtale.georgefox.edu/moodle/course/view.php?id=30472 Foxtale Quiz]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
I do what i want&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This machine requires minimal maintenance but like all the other machines in the Maker Hub it is important to clean the machine of metal chips and any other debris after each use. Anything more advanced is taken care of by Justin.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5450</id>
		<title>Vertical Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5450"/>
		<updated>2019-08-08T16:21:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Troubleshooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=DoALL&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=ML&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Machine Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Metal&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has function=Vertical Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=[[File:vertical_bandsaw_icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Vertical Bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:vertical_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:doall_vertical_bandsaw_image.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Doall Model ML Vertical Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=Used various pieces in straight, curved, or unusual shapes&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has QR code=File:Vertical  Bandsaw QR code.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Madi Jones;mjones16@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vertical Bandsaw is just like any other type of bandsaw in that it is a power tool used to cut various metal and wood pieces. The saw consists of a solid band of metal with edged teeth on it for ease of cutting. Those looking for uniform cutting results will make use of this type of saw.  While their main function is to cut curved or unusual shapes, they can also be used for straight cutting. These types of saws, specifically designed for metal cutting, are available in vertical and horizontal varieties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A4htjvBCcEI&amp;amp;feature=youtu.be}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
Blade Kerf - The material lost due to the width of the blade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blade Guide - Guide the blade to keep it cutting straight. Should be adjusted to ¼ in above material being cut. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustment Knob - adjusts the height of the blade guide. Located at the back of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustment Lock - locks the blade guide in place. Located at the back of the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fence - Guides the stock through the blade. Attached to the side of the table. &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://maker-hub.georgefox.edu/w/images/9/96/Doall_ML_Parts_Manual.pdf Parts Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.doallsaws.com/ Product Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vertical Bandsaw is just like any other type of bandsaw in that it is a power tool used to cut various metal and wood pieces. The saw consists of a solid band of metal with edged teeth on it for ease of cutting. Those looking for uniform cutting results will make use of this type of saw.  While their main function is to cut curved or unusual shapes, they can also be used for straight cutting. These types of saws, specifically designed for metal cutting, are available in vertical and horizontal varieties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Vertical Bandsaw, the student will cut a piece of acrylic stock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# The general procedure and additional knowledge can be found in the video above! The summary for operation is detailed below, but most of the stuff on the quiz will be in the video.&lt;br /&gt;
# Unlock the Blade Guide by turning the knob labeled &amp;quot;Lock&amp;quot; on the back of the machine. This allows you to alter the height of the blade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Blade Guide Height by turning the knob labeled &amp;quot;Adjustment&amp;quot; on the back of the machine. A good height is about 1/4&amp;quot; above the piece you are cutting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lock the Blade Guide by turning the knob labeled &amp;quot;Lock&amp;quot; on the back of the machine. This will secure the blade and provide a better cut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the stock height by placing he stock next to the blade to ensure the 1/4&amp;quot; margin is there. Double checking is always a good thing.&lt;br /&gt;
# Aim the Blow Off Nozzle. This blows away all the shavings that occur during the cutting process. Aim directly where the blade will come in contact with the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make use of the fence. This is the pushing tool that is hanging from the bottom of the machine that guides the stock through the blade. Bring it up against your piece.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine. The Black button is On, the Red button is Off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Now you are ready to begin cutting! Apply a gentle, steady pressure using the fence so that the acrylic piece is getting cut by the blade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you are finished cutting the piece, turn off the machine, remove the fence and the piece from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Reset the Space! Use the shop vacuum to remove all shavings on and around the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
* Safety glasses must be worn when crossing into the shop area marked on the floor.&lt;br /&gt;
* No horseplay in the shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Don’t do anything distracting to yourself or others while operating machinery.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not wear any loose clothing, jewelry, or lanyards.&lt;br /&gt;
* No hats or open toed shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hair will not extend below the collar.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not wear gloves while operating machinery.&lt;br /&gt;
* Food or drink is allowed when not operating machinery and it is kept a safe distance away from the machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not attempt to operate machinery in the shop that you have not been certified on by GFU engineering personnel.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not argue with volunteers or shop staff. Contact Justin Johnson if you have issues that need to be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not operate machinery without a shop supervisor or trained volunteer in the shop with you. Never operate equipment alone in the shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* The first aid kit is located in the machine shop, next to the woodshop doors.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you see a safety violation inform the person immediately and encourage them to comply with the policies&lt;br /&gt;
* Keep hand clear of the blade when cutting&lt;br /&gt;
* Securely hold stock when cutting&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not leave machine running while it is not cutting&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for blade to stop moving before reaching for a small part near the blade.&lt;br /&gt;
* Don’t do anything that would require an additional rule to be added to this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
If the machine is making clunking noises when cutting, use the wax to clean the blade and clean out the chips inside the machine by opening up the table. Consult a shop supervisor for assistance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Vertical Bandsaw should always be clean before and after use. If something is not working and needs to be fixed, consult a shop supervisor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade should be waxed&lt;br /&gt;
|As needed, usually when the machine starts making clunky noises&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Clean inside of machine with vacuum&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 2 weeks&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5448</id>
		<title>Vertical Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5448"/>
		<updated>2019-08-07T23:44:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=DoALL&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=ML&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Machine Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Metal&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has function=Vertical Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=[[File:vertical_bandsaw_icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Vertical Bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:vertical_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:doall_vertical_bandsaw_image.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Doall Model ML Vertical Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=Used various pieces in straight, curved, or unusual shapes&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has QR code=File:Vertical  Bandsaw QR code.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Madi Jones;mjones16@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vertical Bandsaw is just like any other type of bandsaw in that it is a power tool used to cut various metal and wood pieces. The saw consists of a solid band of metal with edged teeth on it for ease of cutting. Those looking for uniform cutting results will make use of this type of saw.  While their main function is to cut curved or unusual shapes, they can also be used for straight cutting. These types of saws, specifically designed for metal cutting, are available in vertical and horizontal varieties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A4htjvBCcEI&amp;amp;feature=youtu.be}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
Blade Kerf - The material lost due to the width of the blade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blade Guide - Guide the blade to keep it cutting straight. Should be adjusted to ¼ in above material being cut. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustment Knob - adjusts the height of the blade guide. Located at the back of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustment Lock - locks the blade guide in place. Located at the back of the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fence - Guides the stock through the blade. Attached to the side of the table. &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://maker-hub.georgefox.edu/w/images/9/96/Doall_ML_Parts_Manual.pdf Parts Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.doallsaws.com/ Product Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vertical Bandsaw is just like any other type of bandsaw in that it is a power tool used to cut various metal and wood pieces. The saw consists of a solid band of metal with edged teeth on it for ease of cutting. Those looking for uniform cutting results will make use of this type of saw.  While their main function is to cut curved or unusual shapes, they can also be used for straight cutting. These types of saws, specifically designed for metal cutting, are available in vertical and horizontal varieties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Vertical Bandsaw, the student will cut a piece of acrylic stock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# The general procedure and additional knowledge can be found in the video above! The summary for operation is detailed below, but most of the stuff on the quiz will be in the video.&lt;br /&gt;
# Unlock the Blade Guide by turning the knob labeled &amp;quot;Lock&amp;quot; on the back of the machine. This allows you to alter the height of the blade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Blade Guide Height by turning the knob labeled &amp;quot;Adjustment&amp;quot; on the back of the machine. A good height is about 1/4&amp;quot; above the piece you are cutting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lock the Blade Guide by turning the knob labeled &amp;quot;Lock&amp;quot; on the back of the machine. This will secure the blade and provide a better cut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the stock height by placing he stock next to the blade to ensure the 1/4&amp;quot; margin is there. Double checking is always a good thing.&lt;br /&gt;
# Aim the Blow Off Nozzle. This blows away all the shavings that occur during the cutting process. Aim directly where the blade will come in contact with the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make use of the fence. This is the pushing tool that is hanging from the bottom of the machine that guides the stock through the blade. Bring it up against your piece.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine. The Black button is On, the Red button is Off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Now you are ready to begin cutting! Apply a gentle, steady pressure using the fence so that the acrylic piece is getting cut by the blade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you are finished cutting the piece, turn off the machine, remove the fence and the piece from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Reset the Space! Use the shop vacuum to remove all shavings on and around the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
* Safety glasses must be worn when crossing into the shop area marked on the floor.&lt;br /&gt;
* No horseplay in the shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Don’t do anything distracting to yourself or others while operating machinery.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not wear any loose clothing, jewelry, or lanyards.&lt;br /&gt;
* No hats or open toed shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hair will not extend below the collar.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not wear gloves while operating machinery.&lt;br /&gt;
* Food or drink is allowed when not operating machinery and it is kept a safe distance away from the machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not attempt to operate machinery in the shop that you have not been certified on by GFU engineering personnel.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not argue with volunteers or shop staff. Contact Justin Johnson if you have issues that need to be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not operate machinery without a shop supervisor or trained volunteer in the shop with you. Never operate equipment alone in the shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* The first aid kit is located in the machine shop, next to the woodshop doors.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you see a safety violation inform the person immediately and encourage them to comply with the policies&lt;br /&gt;
* Keep hand clear of the blade when cutting&lt;br /&gt;
* Securely hold stock when cutting&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not leave machine running while it is not cutting&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for blade to stop moving before reaching for a small part near the blade.&lt;br /&gt;
* Don’t do anything that would require an additional rule to be added to this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Vertical Bandsaw should always be clean before and after use. If something is not working and needs to be fixed, consult a shop supervisor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade should be waxed&lt;br /&gt;
|As needed&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Clean inside of machine with vacuum&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 2 weeks&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5447</id>
		<title>Vertical Bandsaw</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=Vertical_Bandsaw&amp;diff=5447"/>
		<updated>2019-08-07T23:15:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: /* Terminology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#set:&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is equipment=True&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has make=DoALL&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has model=ML&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is located in facility=Machine Shop&lt;br /&gt;
 |Is used in domain=Metal&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has function=Vertical Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icon=[[File:vertical_bandsaw_icon.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has icondesc=Vertical Bandsaw icon&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has iconwname=File:vertical_bandsaw_icon_name.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has image=File:doall_vertical_bandsaw_image.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has imagedesc=Doall Model ML Vertical Bandsaw&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has description=Used various pieces in straight, curved, or unusual shapes&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has QR code=File:Vertical  Bandsaw QR code.png&lt;br /&gt;
 |Has ace=Madi Jones;mjones16@georgefox.edu&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has make}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has model}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ace: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}} ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: {{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Is located in facility}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vertical Bandsaw is just like any other type of bandsaw in that it is a power tool used to cut various metal and wood pieces. The saw consists of a solid band of metal with edged teeth on it for ease of cutting. Those looking for uniform cutting results will make use of this type of saw.  While their main function is to cut curved or unusual shapes, they can also be used for straight cutting. These types of saws, specifically designed for metal cutting, are available in vertical and horizontal varieties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A4htjvBCcEI&amp;amp;feature=youtu.be}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terminology====&lt;br /&gt;
Blade Kerf - The material lost due to the width of the blade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blade Guide - Guide the blade to keep it cutting straight. Should be adjusted to ¼ in above material being cut. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustment Knob - adjusts the height of the blade guide. Located at the back of the machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustment Lock - locks the blade guide in place. Located at the back of the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fence - Guides the stock through the blade. Attached to the side of the table. &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://maker-hub.georgefox.edu/w/images/9/96/Doall_ML_Parts_Manual.pdf Parts Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.doallsaws.com/ Product Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Training==&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Vertical Bandsaw is just like any other type of bandsaw in that it is a power tool used to cut various metal and wood pieces. The saw consists of a solid band of metal with edged teeth on it for ease of cutting. Those looking for uniform cutting results will make use of this type of saw.  While their main function is to cut curved or unusual shapes, they can also be used for straight cutting. These types of saws, specifically designed for metal cutting, are available in vertical and horizontal varieties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demonstration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show a complete knowledge of the Vertical Bandsaw, the student will cut a piece of acrylic stock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====General Procedure====&lt;br /&gt;
# The general procedure and additional knowledge can be found in the video above! The summary for operation is detailed below, but most of the stuff on the quiz will be in the video.&lt;br /&gt;
# Unlock the Blade Guide by turning the knob labeled &amp;quot;Lock&amp;quot; on the back of the machine. This allows you to alter the height of the blade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the Blade Guide Height by turning the knob labeled &amp;quot;Adjustment&amp;quot; on the back of the machine. A good height is about 1/4&amp;quot; above the piece you are cutting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lock the Blade Guide by turning the knob labeled &amp;quot;Lock&amp;quot; on the back of the machine. This will secure the blade and provide a better cut.&lt;br /&gt;
# Check the stock height by placing he stock next to the blade to ensure the 1/4&amp;quot; margin is there. Double checking is always a good thing.&lt;br /&gt;
# Aim the Blow Off Nozzle. This blows away all the shavings that occur during the cutting process. Aim directly where the blade will come in contact with the stock.&lt;br /&gt;
# Make use of the fence. This is the pushing tool that is hanging from the bottom of the machine that guides the stock through the blade. Bring it up against your piece.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on the machine. The Black button is On, the Red button is Off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Now you are ready to begin cutting! Apply a gentle, steady pressure using the fence so that the acrylic piece is getting cut by the blade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you are finished cutting the piece, turn off the machine, remove the fence and the piece from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
# Reset the Space! Use the shop vacuum to remove all shavings on and around the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Safety==&lt;br /&gt;
* Safety glasses must be worn when crossing into the shop area marked on the floor.&lt;br /&gt;
* No horseplay in the shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Don’t do anything distracting to yourself or others while operating machinery.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not wear any loose clothing, jewelry, or lanyards.&lt;br /&gt;
* No hats or open toed shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hair will not extend below the collar.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not wear gloves while operating machinery.&lt;br /&gt;
* Food or drink is allowed when not operating machinery and it is kept a safe distance away from the machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not attempt to operate machinery in the shop that you have not been certified on by GFU engineering personnel.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not argue with volunteers or shop staff. Contact Justin Johnson if you have issues that need to be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not operate machinery without a shop supervisor or trained volunteer in the shop with you. Never operate equipment alone in the shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* The first aid kit is located in the machine shop, next to the woodshop doors.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you see a safety violation inform the person immediately and encourage them to comply with the policies&lt;br /&gt;
* Keep hand clear of the blade when cutting&lt;br /&gt;
* Securely hold stock when cutting&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not leave machine running while it is not cutting&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait for blade to stop moving before reaching for a small part near the blade.&lt;br /&gt;
* Don’t do anything that would require an additional rule to be added to this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foxtale Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
====General maintenance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Vertical Bandsaw should always be clean before and after use. If something is not working and needs to be fixed, consult a shop supervisor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Specific Maintenance Tasks====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Maintenance Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
!Frequency&lt;br /&gt;
!Done By&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Blade should be waxed&lt;br /&gt;
|As needed&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General Cleaning&lt;br /&gt;
|Before and after each use&lt;br /&gt;
|Student&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Clean inside of machine with vacuum&lt;br /&gt;
|Every 2 weeks&lt;br /&gt;
|Ace&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icon|link=none}}|100px|left|top|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has icondesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has image|link=none}}|300px|thumb|upright=1.5|{{#show: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|?Has imagedesc}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
A vertical bandsaw is just like any other type of bandsaw in that it is a power tool used to cut various metal and wood pieces. The saw consists of a solid band of metal with edged teeth on it for ease of cutting. Those looking for uniform cutting results will make use of this type of saw.  While their main function is to cut curved or unusual shapes, they can also be used for straight cutting. These types of saws, specifically designed for metal cutting, are available in vertical and horizontal varieties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current Ace of the {{PAGENAME}} is '''{{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has name}}''' ({{#show: {{PAGENAME}} |?Has ace.Has email address}}).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accessories ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Roller stand  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Media:Doall_ML_Parts_Manual.pdf|Parts Manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.doallsaws.com/ Product Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Training ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video contains specific information for using the Horizontal Bandsaw in the Maker Hub as well as a basic overview of what will be expected in your live demonstration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evu:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A4htjvBCcEI&amp;amp;feature=youtu.be}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:Doall_ML_Parts_Manual.pdf&amp;diff=5446</id>
		<title>File:Doall ML Parts Manual.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://makerhub.georgefox.edu/w/index.php?title=File:Doall_ML_Parts_Manual.pdf&amp;diff=5446"/>
		<updated>2019-08-07T23:14:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Mwagner16: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Mwagner16</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>